N-2 1 d406542dn2.htm N-2 N-2
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2017

Securities Act Registration No. 333-            

Investment Company Registration No. 811-23270

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
   Pre-Effective Amendment No.  
   Post-Effective Amendment No.  

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  

 

 

Blackstone / GSO Floating Rate Enhanced Income Fund

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

345 Park Avenue

31st Floor

New York, NY 10017

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(212) 503-2100

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Marisa J. Beeney, Esq.

GSO Capital Partners LP

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10017

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.

Rajib Chanda, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1833, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.   ☒

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

  when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered  

Amount

Being
Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
per Unit
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, $0.001 par value

          $1,000,000   $115.90

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED                 , 2017

PROSPECTUS

BLACKSTONE / GSO FLOATING RATE ENHANCED INCOME FUND

ADVISORY CLASS I COMMON SHARES

BROKERAGE CLASS T COMMON SHARES

 

 

The Fund. Blackstone / GSO Floating Rate Enhanced Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that continuously offers its shares (the “Common Shares”) and is operated as an “interval fund.”

Securities Offered. The Fund intends to offer two classes of Common Shares: Advisory Class I Common Shares (“Class I Shares”) and Brokerage Class T Common Shares (the “Class T Shares”). The Fund has applied for exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that will permit the Fund to issue multiple classes of shares and to impose asset-based distribution fees and early-withdrawal fees; there is no assurance, however, that the relief will be granted. Upon receiving the exemptive relief, the Fund will offer Class I Shares and Class T Shares.

Investment Objective. The Fund’s investment objective is to provide attractive current income with low sensitivity to rising interest rates. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Investment Strategies. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in floating rate instruments. Under current market conditions, the Fund anticipates that its portfolio of floating rate instruments will primarily consist of floating rate loans. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in each of: (i) structured products (including, without limitation, the rated debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), floating rate mortgage-backed securities and credit linked notes), (ii) derivatives, including credit derivatives, (iii) warrants and equity securities that are incidental to the Fund’s purchase of floating rate instruments or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer and (iv) fixed rate instruments (including, without limitation, high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government debt securities). To the extent that a structured product or a security underlying a derivative is, or is composed of, a floating rate instrument, the Fund will include it for the purposes of the Fund’s 80% policy. The Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, maturity and duration. The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar denominated securities of issuers located anywhere in the world, and of issuers that operate in any industry. In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Adviser will seek to enhance the Fund’s return by the use of leverage.

Substantially all of the Fund’s assets may be invested in instruments that are below investment grade quality. Below investment grade quality instruments are those that, at the time of investment, are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group or Fitch Ratings, Inc., or if unrated are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Instruments of below investment grade quality, commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities, are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

 

Investing in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks. See “Risks” beginning on page 51 of this prospectus.

 

     Offering
Amount
     Maximum
Sales Load
    Proceeds to
Fund(1)
 

Advisory Class I Common Shares

   $                     None     $               

Brokerage Class T Common Shares

   $                     2.50   $               

 

(1) Offering and organizational expenses are estimated to be approximately $            . Through     , the Adviser (as defined below) has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund so that certain of the Fund’s expenses (“Specified Expenses”) will not exceed     % of net assets (annualized). The Fund has agreed to repay these amounts, when and if requested by the Adviser, but only if and to the extent that Specified Expenses are less than     % of net assets (annualized) (or, if a lower expense limit is then in effect, such lower limit) within the three-year period after the Adviser bears the expense; provided, however, that the Adviser may recapture a Specified Expense in the same year it is incurred.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2017.

 

(continued on next page)

 


Table of Contents

(continued from cover page)

 

Interval Fund/Repurchase Offers. The Fund is an “interval fund,” a type of fund which, in order to provide liquidity to shareholders conducts periodic repurchase offers. The Fund is seeking exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to make monthly repurchase offers of 5% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares at net asset value. Upon receiving the exemptive relief, the Fund will adopt a fundamental investment policy to make monthly offers to repurchase of no less than 5% of its outstanding Common Shares at net asset value, reduced by any applicable repurchase fee. There can be no assurance that the Fund will receive exemptive relief from the SEC.

Risks. Investing in the Fund involves a high degree of risk. In particular:

 

    The Fund is suitable only for investors who can bear the risks associated with the limited liquidity of the Fund and should be viewed as a long-term investment.

 

    The Fund will ordinarily accrue and pay distributions from its net investment income, if any, once a month; however, the amount of distributions that the Fund may pay, if any, is uncertain.

 

    The Fund may pay distributions in significant part from sources that may not be available in the future and that are unrelated to the Fund’s performance, such as a return of capital.

 

    Investors will pay offering and organizational expenses and, with regard to Class T Shares, a front-end sales load of up to 2.50%. You will have to receive a total return at least in excess of these expenses to receive an actual return on your investment.

 

    The Common Shares have no history of public trading, nor is it intended that the Common Shares will be listed on a public exchange at this time. No secondary market is expected to develop for the Fund’s shares, liquidity for the Fund’s shares will be provided only through repurchase offers of Common Shares at net asset value, and there is no guarantee that an investor will be able to sell all the Common Shares that the investor desires to sell in the repurchase offer. Due to these restrictions, an investor should consider an investment in the Fund to be illiquid. Investing in the Common Shares may be speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risks associated with leverage. See “Risks” below in this prospectus.

Leverage. In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Adviser will seek to enhance the Fund’s return by the use of leverage. The Fund intends to use borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”), in an aggregate amount of up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings. Furthermore, the Fund may add leverage to its portfolio through the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such issuance. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any Borrowings and the liquidation preference of any Preferred Shares that may be outstanding. The use of leverage involves increased risk, including increased variability of the Fund’s net income, distributions and net asset value in relation to market changes. The Fund’s leverage strategy may not work as planned or achieve its goal. Currently, the Fund has no intention to issue Preferred Shares. See “Leverage,” “Risks—Leverage Risk” and “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares.”

Investment Adviser. GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser and also provides administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. The Adviser, a wholly-controlled subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, “GSO”), is a registered investment adviser. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates, “Blackstone”), which is a leading global manager of private capital. The alternative asset management business includes the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, real estate investment trusts, funds of hedge funds, hedge funds, credit-focused funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and registered investment companies. Blackstone’s business is organized into four segments: private equity, real estate, hedge fund solutions and credit. Through its different investment businesses, as of March 31, 2017, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $368.2 billion. As of March 31, 2017, GSO’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $93.1 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt and private equity, including hedge funds.

Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors, and the Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. You should read this prospectus, which concisely sets forth information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the Common Shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                 , containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information on page 89 of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling 1-800-831-5776 or by writing to the Fund, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call (202) 551-8090 for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information, including any materials incorporated by reference, free from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Web site (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders (when available), and additional information about the Fund and make shareholder inquiries by calling (877) 299-1588, by writing to the Fund or visiting the Fund’s website (http://www.                 ).

The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Summary of Fund Expenses

     32  

The Fund

     34  

Use of Proceeds

     34  

The Fund’s Investments

     34  

Leverage

     48  

Risks

     51  

Management of the Fund

     69  

Purchase of Common Shares

     73  

Periodic Repurchase Offers

     75  

Net Asset Value

     78  

Distributions

     79  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     80  

Description of Shares

     81  

Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust

     83  

Tax Considerations

     85  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     88  

Legal Opinions

     88  

Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information

     89  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This is only a summary of certain information contained in this prospectus relating to Blackstone / GSO Floating Rate Enhanced Income Fund (the “Fund”). This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

 

The Fund

Blackstone / GSO Floating Rate Enhanced Income Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that continuously offers its shares (the “Common Shares”) and is operated as an “interval fund.” Throughout the prospectus, we refer to Blackstone / GSO Floating Rate Enhanced Income Fund simply as the “Fund,” “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Fund.”

 

The Offering

The Fund intends to offer two classes of Common Shares: Advisory Class I Common Shares (“Class I Shares”) and Brokerage Class T Common Shares (the “Class T Shares”). The Fund has applied for exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that will permit the Fund to issue multiple classes of shares and to impose asset-based distribution fees and early-withdrawal fees; there is no assurance, however, that the relief will be granted. Upon receiving the exemptive relief, the Fund will offer Class I Shares and Class T Shares.

 

  Class I Shares will be offered on a continuous basis at net asset value (“NAV”) per share. Class T Shares will be offered on a continuous basis at NAV per share, plus a maximum sales load of 2.50%. Proceeds from the offering will be held by the Fund’s custodian. Class I Shares and Class T Shares have equal rights and privileges with each other.

 

  The Fund and the Distributor (as defined below) reserves the right to reject a purchase order for any reason. Shareholders will not have the right to redeem their Common Shares. However, as described below, in order to provide some liquidity to shareholders, the Fund will conduct periodic repurchase offers for a portion of its outstanding Common Shares.

 

Minimum Investment

The minimum initial investment for the Common Shares is $10,000 per account and the minimum subsequent investment in the Fund per account is $1,000, except that the minimum investment may be modified for certain financial firms that submit orders on behalf of their customers, the Trustees, and certain employees and their extended family members of Blackstone and its affiliates.

 

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide attractive current income with low sensitivity to rising interest rates. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board” or the “Board of Trustees”) without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares or Preferred Shares (defined below), if any.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in floating rate instruments. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in each of: (i) structured products (including, without limitation, the rated debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), floating rate mortgage-backed securities and credit linked notes), (ii) derivatives, including credit derivatives, (iii) warrants and equity securities that are incidental to the Fund’s purchase of floating rate instruments or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer and (iv) fixed rate instruments (including, without limitation, high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government debt securities). To the extent that a structured product or a security underlying a derivative is, or is composed of, a floating rate instrument, the Fund will include it for the purposes of the Fund’s 80% policy. The Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, maturity and duration. The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar denominated securities of issuers located anywhere in the world, and of issuers that operate in any industry. In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Adviser (as defined below) will seek to enhance the Fund’s return by the use of leverage.

Under current market conditions, the Fund anticipates that its portfolio of floating rate instruments will primarily consist of floating rate loans (“Loans”). Loans are made to U.S. and non-U.S. corporations, partnerships and other business entities (“Borrowers”) that operate in various industries and geographical regions. Loans pay interest at rates that are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate, plus a premium. Substantially all of the Fund’s assets may be invested in instruments, including Loans, that are below investment grade quality. Below investment grade quality instruments are those that, at the time of investment, are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or if unrated are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Instruments of below investment grade quality, commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities, are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

 

Illiquid Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities or other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC’s standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). The Fund may also invest, without limit, in securities that are unregistered (but are eligible for purchase and sale by certain qualified institutional buyers) or are held by control persons of the issuer and securities that are subject to contractual restrictions on their

 



 

2


Table of Contents
 

resale (“restricted securities”). However, securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days due solely to applicable laws or the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures will not be subject to the limitations set forth above.

 

  Derivatives. Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets on a mark-to-market basis. The Fund’s principal investments in derivative instruments will include investments in credit default swaps, total return swaps, credit-linked notes, other credit derivatives, futures transactions, options and options on futures as well as certain currency and interest rate instruments such as foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, put and call options on foreign currencies and interest rate swaps.

 

  Non-U.S. Currency-Denominated Instruments. The Fund currently anticipates that it will invest in primarily U.S. dollar denominated instruments. However, the Fund may invest in instruments that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies. In order to minimize the impact of currency fluctuations, the Adviser may at times hedge certain or all of the Fund’s investments denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. Foreign currency transactions in which the Fund is likely to invest include, foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, and put and call options on foreign currencies. These transactions may be used to hedge against the risk of loss due to changing currency exchange rates. See “Risks—Derivatives Risk.”

 

  For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s portfolio composition, see “The Fund’s Investments.”

 

Periodic Repurchase Offers

The Fund is an “interval fund,” a type of fund which, in order to provide liquidity to shareholders conducts periodic repurchase offers. The Fund is seeking exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to make monthly repurchase offers of 5% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares at net asset value. Upon receiving the exemptive relief, the Fund will adopt a fundamental investment policy to make monthly offers to repurchase of no less than 5% of its outstanding Common Shares at net asset value, reduced by any applicable repurchase fee.

 

  To the extent the SEC grants the Fund exemptive relief, written notification of each monthly repurchase offer will be sent to shareholders at least 7 calendar days before the repurchase request deadline (i.e., the date by which shareholders must tender their Common Shares in response to a repurchase offer) (the “Repurchase Request Deadline”). There can be no assurance that the Fund will receive exemptive relief from the SEC.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
  The Fund’s Common Shares are not listed on any securities exchange, and the Fund anticipates that no secondary market will develop for its Common Shares. Accordingly, you may not be able to sell Common Shares when and/or in the amount that you desire. Thus, the Common Shares are appropriate only as a long-term investment. In addition, the Fund’s repurchase offers may subject the Fund and shareholders to special risks. See “Risks—Repurchase Offers Risk.” The Fund may impose a repurchase fee of up to 2.00% on Common Shares that are accepted for repurchase by the Fund and have been held by the investor for less than one year. The Fund has elected not to impose the repurchase fee on repurchases of Common Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

 

Leverage

In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Adviser will seek to enhance the Fund’s return by the use of leverage. The Fund intends to use borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”), in an aggregate amount of up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings. Furthermore, the Fund add leverage to its portfolio through the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such issuance. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any Borrowings and the liquidation preference of any Preferred Shares that may be outstanding. The use of leverage involves increased risk, including increased variability of the Fund’s net income, distributions and net asset value in relation to market changes. The Fund’s leverage strategy may not work as planned or achieve its goal. Currently, the Fund has no intention to issue Preferred Shares. See “Leverage,” “Risks—Leverage Risk” and “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares.”

 

  Leverage creates risk for the holders of Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”), including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value (“NAV”), and the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares may affect the return to the Common Shareholders or may result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Shares. There can be no assurance that any leveraging strategy the Fund employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

 

Distributions

The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income to shareholders in the form of dividends. The Fund intends to declare income dividends daily and distribute them monthly to shareholders of record beginning after one quarter of operations. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net capital gains it earns from the sale of portfolio securities to shareholders no less frequently than annually. Net short-term capital gains may be paid more frequently.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
  Cash distributions to holders of our Common Shares will automatically be reinvested under our Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) in additional whole and fractional shares unless you elect to receive your distributions in cash. Investors may terminate their participation in the Plan with prior written notice to us. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Adviser

GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser and also provides administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. The Adviser, a wholly-controlled subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, “GSO”), is a registered investment adviser. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates, “Blackstone” and together with GSO, the “Firm”), which is a leading global manager of private capital. The alternative asset management business includes the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, real estate investment trusts, funds of hedge funds, hedge funds, credit-focused funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and registered investment companies. Blackstone’s business is organized into four segments: private equity, real estate, hedge fund solutions and credit.

 

  Through its different investment businesses, as of March 31, 2017, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $368.2 billion. As of March 31, 2017, GSO’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $93.1 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including Loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt and private equity, including hedge funds.

 

  The Adviser will receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily value of the Fund’s net assets (the “Management Fee”). See “Management of the Fund—Investment Advisory Agreement.”

 

Administrator

            (“         “), located at             , serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the administration agreement,                 is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the Common Shares and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund.

 

              is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of     % of the average daily value of the Fund’s net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $            , plus out-of-pocket expenses. See “Management of the Fund—Administrator.”

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

            will serve as the Fund’s custodian.             will serve as Fund’s transfer agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

 

Distributor

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (the “Distributor”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Class I Shares and Class T Shares and serves in that capacity on a best efforts basis, subject to various

 



 

5


Table of Contents
 

conditions. Additional dealers or other financial intermediaries may be appointed by the Distributor.

 

  With respect to Class T Shares, the Fund pays the Distributor an ongoing fee (the “Service Fee”) that is calculated and accrued monthly at an annualized rate of 0.25% of the net assets of the Fund attributable to Class T Shares. The Service Fee is for personal services provided to shareholders and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts services and to reimburse the Distributor for related expenses incurred. The Distributor may pay all or a portion of the Service Fee to the selling agents that sell Class T Shares. Payment of the Service Fee is governed by the Fund’s Service Plan. See “Purchase of Common Shares—Distributor.” Class I Shares do not incur Service fees.

 

Unlisted Closed-End Fund Structure; Limited Liquidity

The Fund will not list its Common Shares for trading on any securities exchange. There is currently no secondary market for its Common Shares and the Fund does not expect any secondary market to develop for its Common Shares. Shareholders of the Fund are not able to have their Common Shares redeemed or otherwise sell their Common Shares on a daily basis because the Fund is an unlisted closed-end fund. In order to provide liquidity to shareholders, the Fund is structured as an “interval fund” and conducts periodic repurchase offers for a portion of its outstanding Common Shares, as described herein. An investment in the Fund is suitable only for long-term investors who can bear the risks associated with the limited liquidity of the Common Shares. Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund.

 

Investor Suitability

An investment in the Fund involves a considerable amount of risk. It is possible that you will lose money. An investment in the Fund is suitable only for long-term investors who can bear the risks associated with the limited liquidity of the Common Shares. Before making your investment decision, you should (i) consider the suitability of this investment with respect to your investment objective and personal financial situation and (ii) consider factors such as your personal net worth, income, age, risk tolerance and liquidity needs. An investment in the Fund should not be viewed as a complete investment program.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

GSO provides investment management services to other registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that GSO may establish (other than the Fund) (collectively the “Other GSO Clients”). In addition, Blackstone provides investment management services to other registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that Blackstone may establish (together with the Other GSO Clients, the “Other Clients”).

 



 

6


Table of Contents
  GSO will share any investment and sale opportunities with such Other Clients and the Fund in accordance with Firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provides for sharing pro rata based on targeted acquisition size or targeted sale size. Subject to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and as further set forth in this prospectus, certain Other Clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such Other Clients’ respective governing agreements.

 

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSO may also consider the following factors in making any allocation determinations, and such factors may result in a different allocation of investment and/or sale opportunities: (a) the risk-return and target return profile of the proposed investment relative to the Fund’s and the Other Clients’ current risk profiles; (b) the Fund’s and/or the Other Clients’ investment guidelines, restrictions, terms and objectives, including whether such objectives are considered solely in light of the specific investment under consideration or in the context of the respective portfolios’ overall holdings; (c) the need to resize risk in the Fund’s or the Other Clients’ portfolios (including the potential for the proposed investment to create an industry, sector or issuer imbalance in the Fund’s and Other Clients’ portfolios, as applicable) and taking into account any existing non-pro rata investment positions in the portfolio of the Fund and Other Clients; (d) liquidity considerations of the Fund and the Other Clients, including during a ramp-up or wind-down of one or more of the Fund or such Other Clients, proximity to the end of the Other Clients’ specified term or investment period, any redemption/withdrawal requests, anticipated future contributions and available cash; (e) tax consequences; (f) regulatory or contractual restrictions or consequences; (g) avoiding a de minimis or odd lot allocation; (h) availability and degree of leverage and any requirements or other terms of any existing leverage facilities; (i) the Fund’s or Other Clients’ investment focus on a classification attributable to an investment or issuer of an investment, including, without limitation, investment strategy, geography, industry or business sector; (j) the nature and extent of involvement in the transaction on the part of the respective teams of investment professionals dedicated to the Fund or such Other Clients; (k) the management of any actual or potential conflict of interest; (l) with respect to investments that are made available to GSO by counterparties pursuant to negotiated trading platforms (e.g., ISDA contracts), the absence of such relationships which may not be available for the Fund and all Other Clients; and (m) any other considerations deemed relevant by GSO in good faith. (See “Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk”).

 

 

In addition, as a registered investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments or joint transactions with affiliates, which likely will in the future in certain circumstances limit the Fund’s ability to make investments or

 



 

7


Table of Contents
 

enter into other transactions alongside the other Blackstone vehicles. There can be no assurance that such regulatory restrictions will not adversely affect the Fund’s ability to capitalize on attractive investment opportunities.

 

Risks

No Operating History. The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decision. The Adviser acts as an investment adviser for collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts, listed investment companies (including closed-end funds and an exchange traded fund) and other investment vehicles.

 

  Investment and Market Risk. An investment in the Fund’s Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Fund’s Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the portfolio of floating rate instruments, other securities and derivative investments owned by the Fund, and the value of these investments may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. At any point in time an investment in the Fund’s Common Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Fund and the ability of shareholders to reinvest dividends. The Fund may also use leverage, which would magnify the Fund’s investment, market and certain other risks. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

 

 

Repurchase Offers Risk. As described under “Periodic Repurchase Offers” above, the Fund is an “interval fund” and, in order to provide liquidity to shareholders, the Fund, subject to applicable law, will conduct repurchase offers of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares at NAV, subject to approval of the Board. The Fund believes that these repurchase offers are generally beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders, and repurchases generally will be funded from available cash, cash from the sale of Common Shares or sales of portfolio securities. However, repurchase offers and the need to fund repurchase obligations may affect the ability of the Fund to be fully invested or force the Fund to maintain a higher percentage of its assets in liquid investments, which may harm the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, diminution in the size of the Fund through repurchases may result in untimely sales of portfolio securities (with associated imputed transaction costs, which may be significant), and may limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities or to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may accumulate cash by holding back (i.e., not reinvesting) payments received in connection with the Fund’s investments and cash from the sale of Common Shares. The Fund believes that it can meet the maximum potential amount of the Fund’s repurchase obligations. If at any time cash and other liquid assets held by the Fund are not sufficient to meet the Fund’s repurchase obligations, the Fund

 



 

8


Table of Contents
 

intends, if necessary, to sell investments. In addition, if the Fund borrows to finance repurchases, interest on that borrowing will negatively affect Common Shareholders who do not tender their Common Shares by increasing the Fund’s expenses and reducing any net investment income.

 

  If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed, the Board of Trustees of the Fund may determine to increase the amount repurchased by up to 2% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares as of the date of the Repurchase Request Deadline. In the event that the Board of Trustees of the Fund determines not to repurchase more than the repurchase offer amount, or if shareholders tender more than the repurchase offer amount plus 2% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares as of the date of the Repurchase Request Deadline, the Fund will repurchase the Common Shares tendered on a pro rata basis, and shareholders will have to wait until the next repurchase offer to make another repurchase request. As a result, shareholders may be unable to liquidate all or a given percentage of their investment in the Fund during a particular repurchase offer. Some shareholders, in anticipation of proration, may tender more Common Shares than they wish to have repurchased in a particular quarter, thereby increasing the likelihood that proration will occur. A shareholder may be subject to market and other risks, and the NAV of Common Shares tendered in a repurchase offer may decline between the Repurchase Request Deadline and the date on which the NAV for tendered Common Shares is determined. In addition, the repurchase of Common Shares by the Fund will generally be a taxable event to Common Shareholders.

 

  Loans Risk. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest primarily in Loans. The Loans that the Fund may invest in include Loans that are first lien, second lien, third lien or that are unsecured. In addition, the Loans the Fund will invest in will usually be rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. Loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus, including credit risk, liquidity risk, below investment grade instruments risk and management risk. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade, or High Yield, Instruments Risk,” “—Credit Risk” and “—Liquidity Risk.”

 

 

Although certain Loans in which the Fund may invest will be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that such collateral could be readily liquidated or that the liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Loan. In the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, if the terms of a Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or

 



 

9


Table of Contents
 

exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loans. To the extent that a Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose some or all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Borrower. Those Loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss.

 

  In general, the secondary trading market for Loans is not fully-developed. No active trading market may exist for certain Loans, which may make it difficult to value them. Illiquidity and adverse market conditions may mean that the Fund may not be able to sell certain Loans quickly or at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Loans, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

 

  Some Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Loans.

 

  If legislation of state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default.

 

  If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could get for the Loan may be adversely affected.

 

  The Fund may acquire Loans through assignments or participations. The Fund will typically acquire Loans through assignment. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral.

 

 

A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution selling the participation interest, not with the Borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other

 



 

10


Table of Contents
 

financial institutions and lending institutions. Certain participation agreements also include the option to convert the participation to a full assignment under agreed upon circumstances. The Adviser has adopted best execution procedures and guidelines to mitigate credit and counterparty risk in the atypical situation when the Fund must acquire a Loan through a participation.

 

  In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund will not be able to conduct the due diligence on the Borrower or the quality of the Loan with respect to which it is buying a participation that the Fund would otherwise conduct if it were investing directly in the Loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower or the Loan than the Fund expected when initially purchasing the participation.

 

  The Fund also may originate Loans or acquire Loans by participating in the initial issuance of the Loan as part of a syndicate of banks and financial institutions, or receive its interest in a Loan directly from the Borrower, if the Borrower has annual revenues in excess of $2.5 billion at the time of origination or acquisition.

 

  The Adviser has established a counterparty and liquidity committee that regularly reviews each broker-dealer counterparty for, among other things, its quality and the quality of its execution. The established procedures and guidelines require trades to be placed for execution only with broker-dealer counterparties approved by the counterparty and liquidity committee of the Adviser. The factors considered by the committee when selecting and approving brokers and dealers include, but are not limited to: (i) quality, accuracy, and timeliness of execution, (ii) review of the reputation, financial strength and stability of the financial institution, (iii) willingness and ability of the counterparty to commit capital, (iv) ongoing reliability and (v) access to underwritten offerings and secondary markets.

 

 

Below Investment Grade, or High Yield, Instruments Risk. The Fund anticipates that it may invest substantially all of its assets in instruments that are rated below investment grade. Below investment grade instruments are commonly referred to as “junk” or high-yield instruments and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower grade instruments may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns, which could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such instruments to repay principal and pay interest thereon, increase

 



 

11


Table of Contents
 

the incidence of default for such instruments and severely disrupt the market value of such instruments.

 

  Lower grade instruments, though higher yielding, are characterized by higher risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated instruments. The retail secondary market for lower grade instruments may be less liquid than that for higher rated instruments. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain instruments or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade instruments, investors could lose money on their investment in Common Shares of the Fund, both in the short-term and the long-term. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Composition—Below Investment Grade Instruments.”

 

  Valuation Risk. Unlike publicly traded common stock which trades on national exchanges, there is no central place or exchange for most of the Fund’s investments to trade. The Fund’s investments generally trade on an “over-the-counter” market which may be anywhere in the world where the buyer and seller can settle on a price. Due to the lack of centralized information and trading, the valuation of floating rate instruments may carry more risk than that of common stock. Uncertainties in the conditions of the financial market, unreliable reference data, lack of transparency and inconsistency of valuation models and processes may lead to inaccurate asset pricing. In addition, other market participants may value securities differently than the Fund. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the risk that when an instrument is sold in the market, the amount received by the Fund is less than the value of such floating rate instruments carried on the Fund’s books.

Liquidity Risk. To the extent consistent with the applicable liquidity requirements for interval funds under Rule 23c-3 of the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC’s standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities). However, securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days due solely to applicable laws or the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures will not be subject to the limitations set forth above The Fund may also invest in restricted securities. Investments in restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the amount of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities if qualified institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase these securities.

 

 

Illiquid and restricted securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when the Fund believes it is desirable to do so. The

 



 

12


Table of Contents
 

market price of illiquid and restricted securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Fund pays for or recovers upon the sale of such securities. Illiquid and restricted securities are also more difficult to value, especially in challenging markets. The Adviser’s judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. Investment of the Fund’s assets in illiquid and restricted securities may restrict the Fund’s ability to take advantage of market opportunities. In order to dispose of an unregistered security, the Fund, where it has contractual rights to do so, may have to cause such security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered, thereby enabling the Fund to sell it. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities vary in length and scope and are generally the result of a negotiation between the issuer and acquiror of the securities. In either case, the Fund would bear market risks during that period.

 

  Some Loans and other instruments are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Loans and other instruments may not be listed on any national securities exchange and no active trading market may exist for certain of the loans and other instruments in which the Fund will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some loans and other instruments may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The Fund has no limitation on the amount of its assets which may be invested in instruments that are not readily marketable or are subject to restrictions on resale. See “Risks—Liquidity Risk.”

Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more Loans or other floating rate instruments in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the instrument experiences a decline in its financial status. While a senior position in the capital structure of a Borrower or issuer may provide some protection with respect to the Fund’s investments in certain Loans, losses may still occur because the market value of Loans is affected by the creditworthiness of Borrowers or issuers and by general economic and specific industry conditions and the Fund’s other investments will often be subordinate to other debt in the issuer’s capital structure. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade instruments, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund that invests in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade instruments are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade instruments. Instruments of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, the Fund may enter into credit derivatives which may expose it to additional risk in the event that the instruments underlying the derivatives default.

 



 

13


Table of Contents
  Interest Rate Risk. The fixed-income instruments that the Fund may invest in are subject to the risk that market values of such securities will decline as interest rates increase. These changes in interest rates have a more pronounced effect on securities with longer durations. Typically, the impact of changes in interest rates on the market value of an instrument will be more pronounced for fixed-rate instruments, such as most corporate bonds, than it will for Loans or other floating rate instruments. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV.

 

  Structured Products Risk. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in structured products, including CLOs, floating rate mortgage-backed securities and credit linked notes. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

 

  The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund.

Investments in structured notes involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Composition” and “Risks—Structured Products Risk.”

 



 

14


Table of Contents

CLO Risk. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities and structured products discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof, (iv) the potential of spread compression in the underlying loans of the CLO, which could reduce credit enhancement in the CLOs and (v) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

 

  CLO junior debt securities that the Fund may acquire are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLO junior debt securities are subject to increased risks of default relative to the holders of superior priority interests in the same securities. In addition, at the time of issuance, CLO equity securities are under-collateralized in that the liabilities of a CLO at inception exceed its total assets. Though not exclusively, the Fund will typically be in a first loss or subordinated position with respect to realized losses on the assets of the CLOs in which it is invested. The Fund may recognize phantom taxable income from its investments in the subordinated tranches of CLOs.

 

  Between the closing date and the effective date of a CLO, the CLO collateral manager will generally expect to purchase additional collateral obligations for the CLO. During this period, the price and availability of these collateral obligations may be adversely affected by a number of market factors, including price volatility and availability of investments suitable for the CLO, which could hamper the ability of the collateral manager to acquire a portfolio of collateral obligations that will satisfy specified concentration limitations and allow the CLO to reach the initial par amount of collateral prior to the effective date. An inability or delay in reaching the target initial par amount of collateral may adversely affect the timing and amount of interest or principal payments received by the holders of the CLO debt securities and distributions of the CLO on equity securities and could result in early redemptions which may cause CLO debt and equity investors to receive less than face value of their investment.

 

 

The failure by a CLO in which the Fund invests to satisfy financial covenants, including with respect to adequate collateralization and/or interest coverage tests, could lead to a reduction in the CLO’s payments to the Fund. In the event that a CLO fails certain tests, holders of CLO senior debt may be entitled to additional payments that would, in turn, reduce the payments the Fund would otherwise be entitled to receive. Separately, the Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants,

 



 

15


Table of Contents
 

with a defaulting CLO or any other investment the Fund may make. If any of these occur, it could adversely affect the Fund’s operating results and cash flows.

 

  The Fund’s CLO investments are exposed to leveraged credit risk. If certain minimum collateral value ratios and/or interest coverage ratios are not met by a CLO, primarily due to senior secured loan defaults, then cash flow that otherwise would have been available to pay distributions to the Fund on its CLO investments may instead be used to redeem any senior notes or to purchase additional senior secured loans, until the ratios again exceed the minimum required levels or any senior notes are repaid in full.

 

  Lender Liability Risk. A number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by Borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

 

  In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (a) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, (b) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (c) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (d) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.”

 

  Because affiliates of, or persons related to, the Adviser may hold equity or other interests in obligors of the Fund, the Fund could be exposed to claims for equitable subordination or lender liability or both based on such equity or other holdings. See “Risks—Lender Liability Risk.”

Leverage Risk. Under current market conditions, the Fund generally intends to utilize leverage in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets principally through Borrowings. In the future, the Fund may elect to utilize leverage in an amount up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets through the issuance of Preferred Shares. Leverage may result in greater volatility of the net asset value and distributions

 



 

16


Table of Contents

on the Common Shares because changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio investments, including investments purchased with the proceeds from Borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Shares, if any, are borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Common Share income may fall if the interest rate on Borrowings or the dividend rate on Preferred Shares rises, and may fluctuate as the interest rate on Borrowings or the dividend rate on Preferred Shares varies. In addition, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in increased operating costs. Thus, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to Common Shareholders will be reduced, and if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. In addition, the costs associated with the Fund’s incursion and maintenance of leverage could increase over time. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

 

  Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged.

 

  Certain types of Borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage or portfolio composition or otherwise. In addition, the terms of the credit agreements may also require that the Fund pledge some or all of its assets as collateral.

Derivatives Risk. Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets on a mark-to-market basis. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments may be particularly speculative and involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of these instruments, and the use of derivatives generally involves leverage in the sense that the investment exposure created by the derivatives may be significantly greater than the Fund’s initial investment in the derivatives. Thus, the use of derivatives may result in losses in excess of principal or greater than if they had not been used. The ability to successfully use derivative instruments depends on the ability of the Adviser. The skills needed to employ derivatives strategies are different from those needed to select a portfolio security and, in connection with such strategies, the Adviser must make predictions with respect to market conditions, liquidity, currency movements, market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, which may be inaccurate. The use of derivative instruments may require the Fund

 



 

17


Table of Contents

to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices below or above the current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise want to sell. The Fund may also have to defer closing out certain derivative positions to avoid adverse tax consequences and there may be situations in which derivative instruments are not elected that result in losses greater than if such instruments had been used. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to the Fund’s derivative instruments would not be available to the Fund for other investment purposes, which may result in lost opportunities for gain. Changes to the derivatives markets as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and other government regulation may also have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to make use of derivative transactions. In addition, the use of derivatives is subject to other risks, each of which may create additional risk of loss, including liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and management risk as well as the following risks:

 

    Correlation Risk. Imperfect correlation between the value of derivative instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

    Duration Mismatch Risk. The duration of a derivative instrument may be significantly different than the duration of the related liability or asset.

 

    Valuation Risk. The prices of derivative instruments, including swaps, futures, forwards and options, are highly volatile and such instruments may subject us to significant losses. The value of such derivatives also depends upon the price of the underlying asset, reference rate or index, which may also be subject to volatility. Actual or implied daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on the exchanges or over-the-counter markets in which we may conduct our transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting us to the potential of greater losses. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are traded over-the-counter and not on an exchange.

 

    Liquidity Risk. Derivative instruments, especially when purchased in large amounts, may not be liquid in all circumstances, so that in volatile markets we may not be able to close out a position without incurring a loss.

 

    Counterparty Risk. Derivative instruments also involve exposure to counterparty risk, since contract performance depends in part on the financial condition of the counterparty. See “- Counterparty Risk” below.

 



 

18


Table of Contents
  In addition, the Adviser may cause the Fund to invest in derivative instruments that are neither presently contemplated nor currently available, but which may be developed in the future, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible. Any such investments may expose the Fund to unique and presently indeterminate risks, the impact of which may not be capable of determination until such instruments are developed and/or the Adviser determines to make such an investment on behalf of the Fund.

Segregation and Coverage Risk. Certain portfolio management techniques, such as, among other things, entering into swap agreements, using reverse repurchase agreements, futures contracts or other derivative transactions, may be considered senior securities under the 1940 Act unless steps are taken to segregate the Fund’s assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To avoid having these instruments considered senior securities, in some cases the Fund segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under these types of transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such transactions. In cases where the Fund does not cover such transactions, such instruments may be considered senior securities and the Fund’s use of such transactions will be required to comply with the restrictions on senior securities under the 1940 Act. The Fund may be unable to use segregated assets for certain other purposes, which could result in the Fund earning a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate those assets in respect of or otherwise cover such portfolio positions. To the extent the Fund’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Fund’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

Counterparty Risk. The Fund is subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to its derivatives contracts (whether a clearing corporation in the case of exchange-traded instruments or our hedge counterparty in the case of over-the-counter (“OTC”) instruments) purchased by the Fund. Counterparty risk is the risk that the other party in a derivative transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund’s counterparties with respect to their derivative transactions will affect the value of those instruments. By entering into derivatives, the Fund assumes the risks that theses counterparties could experience financial or other hardships that could call into question their continued ability to perform their obligations. In the case of a default by the counterparty, the Fund could become subject to adverse market movements while replacement transactions are executed. The ability of the Fund to transact business with any one or number of counterparties, the possible lack of a meaningful and independent evaluation of such counterparties’ financial capabilities, and the absence of a regulated market to facilitate settlement may

 



 

19


Table of Contents

increase the potential for losses by the Fund. Furthermore, concentration of derivatives in any particular counterparty would subject the Fund to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by such counterparty.

 

  The Adviser evaluates and monitors the creditworthiness of counterparties in order to ensure that such counterparties can perform their obligations under the relevant agreements. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial or other difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up, bankruptcy or other analogous proceedings. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative contract would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value upon the termination of the derivative contract and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying assets. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery at all in such circumstances.

 

  Certain categories of interest rate and credit default swaps are subject to mandatory clearing, and more categories may be subject to mandatory clearing in the future. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivative transactions because generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations (including, but not limited to, financial obligations and legal obligations to segregate margins collected by the clearing house) to the Fund. Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by recently enacted U.S. financial reform legislation. See “—Derivatives Legislation and Regulatory Risk” below.

Derivatives Legislation and Regulatory Risk. The enforceability of agreements governing hedging transactions may depend on compliance with applicable statutory and other regulatory requirements and, depending on the identity of the counterparty, applicable international requirements. New or amended regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Reserve, the European Union or other financial regulators, other governmental or intergovernmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets, and could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, the CFTC and the SEC are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently

 



 

20


Table of Contents

enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of statues and rules by these regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

 

  In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. For instance, the Dodd-Frank Act could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments. The Dodd-Frank Act is designed to impose stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability and provides for, among other things, new clearing, execution, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, business conduct, documentation, disclosure, position limit, minimum net capital and registration requirements. Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, execution, reporting, risk management, compliance, position limit, anti-fraud, consumer protection, portfolio reconciliation, documentation, recordkeeping, business conduct, margin requirements and registration requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act, many of the provisions are subject to further final rulemaking and clarifications, and thus the Dodd-Frank Act’s ultimate impact remains unclear.

 

  New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund), increase the costs of using certain instruments (for example, by increasing margin, capital or reporting requirements) and/or make them less effective. In particular, new margin requirements and capital charges, even when not directly applicable to the Fund, may increase the pricing of derivatives transacted by the Fund. New exchange trading and trade reporting requirements and position limits may lead to changes in the liquidity of derivative transactions, or higher pricing or reduced liquidity in the derivatives markets, or the reduction of arbitrage opportunities for the Fund. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund’s engages in derivative transactions could also limit the ability of the Fund from using these instruments, affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments or may change the availability of certain investments. As a result, these changes could make it difficult for the Fund to execute its investment strategy.

 

 

It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk. For instance, in December 2012, the CFTC issued a final rule requiring certain credit default swaps and interest rate swaps to be centrally cleared, which is applicable to all swap counterparties not eligible for certain narrowly-defined exemption or exceptions. Where the Fund enters into certain swaps subject to mandatory clearing, it may be required to execute such swaps on a registered designated contract market or swap execution facility. Such clearing requirements may affect the Fund’s ability to negotiate individualized

 



 

21


Table of Contents
 

terms and/or may increase the costs of entering into such derivative transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements). Clearing mandates with respect to other types of derivative instruments have not yet been issued by the applicable regulators, but could have additional impact on the Fund’s ability to use such instruments as part of its investment strategy. In addition, certain foreign jurisdictions may also impose clearing requirements or expand existing clearing requirements that could apply to the Fund’s transactions with non-U.S. entities. For entities designated by the CFTC or the SEC as “swap dealers,” “security-based swaps dealers,” “major swap participants” or major “security-based swap participants,” the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new regulatory, reporting and compliance requirements. On May 23, 2012, a joint final rulemaking by the CFTC and the SEC defining these key terms was published in the Federal Register. Based on those definitions, the Fund would not be a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or security-based major swap participant at this time. If the Fund is later designated as a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or major security-based swap participant, its business will be subject to increased regulatory requirements, including registration requirements, additional recordkeeping and reporting obligations, external and internal business conduct standards, position limits monitoring, capital and margin thresholds, which will in turn increase the Fund’s compliance cost.

 

 

Furthermore, on December 15, 2015, the CFTC approved a final rule, which became effective in April 2016, but with later implementation dates as specified below, governing margin requirements for uncleared swaps entered into by registered swap dealers and major swap participants who are not supervised by the prudential regulators, referred to as “covered swap entities.” The final rule generally requires covered swap entities, subject to certain thresholds and exemptions, to collect and post margin in respect of uncleared swap transactions with other covered swap entities and financial end-users. In particular, the final rule requires covered swap entities and financial end-users having “material swaps exposure,” defined as an average aggregate daily notional amount of uncleared swaps exceeding a certain specified amount, to collect and/or post (as applicable) a minimum amount of “initial margin” in respect of uncleared swaps, subject to a phase-in schedule until September 1, 2020, when the average aggregate daily notional amount will thenceforth be $8 billion as calculated from June, July and August of the previous calendar year. In addition, the final rule requires covered swap entities entering into uncleared swaps with other covered swap entities or financial-end-users, regardless of swaps exposure, to post and/or collect (as applicable) “variation margin” in reflection of changes in the mark-to-market value of an uncleared swap since the swap was executed or the last time such margin was exchanged. The implementation date for variation margin requirements is March 1,

 



 

22


Table of Contents
 

2017, subject to no-action relief to delay, until September 1, 2017, for full compliance. The CFTC final rule is substantially consistent with a similar rule mandating the exchange of initial and variation margin adopted by the prudential regulators in October 2015. It is possible that such regulations could increase the cost of and limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund.

 

  In addition to U.S. laws and regulations relating to derivatives, certain non U.S. regulatory authorities, such as those in the European Union, have passed or proposed, or may propose in the future, legislation similar to that imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The regulatory changes in the European Union will impact a broad range of counterparties, both outside and within the European Union, and are expected to potentially increase the cost of transacting derivatives the Fund (particularly with banks and other dealers directly subject to such regulations).

 

  Commodities Regulation. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5 permits investment advisers to registered investment companies to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to a fund, provided certain requirements are met. In order to permit the Adviser to claim this exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Fund limits its transactions in certain futures, options on futures and swaps deemed “commodity interests” under CFTC rules (excluding transactions entered into for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined under CFTC regulations) such that either: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such futures, options on futures and swaps do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such futures, options on futures and swaps does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the Fund and the Fund may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the futures, options or swaps markets. Accordingly, the Fund is not subject to regulation under the CEA or otherwise regulated by the CFTC. If the Adviser were unable to claim the exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Adviser would become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator, which would subject the Adviser and the Fund to additional registration and regulatory requirements and increased operating expenses.

Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk. The Adviser will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in its management of the Fund. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of Blackstone in other activities that may conflict with those of the Fund. Blackstone

 



 

23


Table of Contents

engages in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of its business activities, Blackstone may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of Blackstone or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the holders. Other present and future activities of Blackstone may give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, the Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner.

 

  In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, Blackstone has implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls) that may reduce the positive synergies that the Adviser may have potentially utilized for purposes of finding attractive investments. Additionally, Blackstone may limit a client and/or its portfolio companies from engaging in agreements with or related to companies in which any fund of Blackstone has or has considered making an investment or which is otherwise an advisory client of Blackstone and/or from time to time restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Fund to make investments in or otherwise engage in businesses or activities competitive with companies or other clients of Blackstone, either as result of contractual restrictions or otherwise. Finally, Blackstone has in the past entered, and is likely in the future to enter, into one or more strategic relationships in certain regions or with respect to certain types of investments that, although possibly intended to provide greater opportunities for the Fund, may require the Fund to share such opportunities or otherwise limit the amount of an opportunity the Fund can otherwise take

As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of services other than those provided by the Adviser, including investment banking, underwriting, capital markets syndication and advisory (including underwriting), placement, financial advisory, restructuring and advisory, consulting, asset/property management, mortgage servicing, insurance (including title insurance), monitoring, commitment, syndication, origination, servicing, management consulting and other similar operational and finance matters, healthcare consulting/brokerage, group purchasing, organizational, operational, loan servicing, financing, divestment and other services. In addition, Blackstone may provide services in the future beyond those currently provided. The Fund will not receive a benefit from the fees or profits derived from such services. In such a case, a client of Blackstone would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf. This request may preclude all of Blackstone clients (including the Fund) from participating in related transactions that would otherwise be suitable. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. In connection with its other businesses, Blackstone will likely come into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions.

 



 

24


Table of Contents

The Fund’s activities are expected to be constrained as a result of the inability of the personnel of Blackstone to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone from time to time are prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the Adviser’s investment team that would be relevant to monitoring the Fund’s portfolio and other investment decisions. Additionally, there are expected to be circumstances in which one or more of certain individuals associated with Blackstone will be precluded from providing services related to the Fund’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone (e.g., trading may be restricted). Blackstone has long term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Fund, the Adviser will consider those relationships, and may decline to participate in a transaction as a result of such relationships. The Fund may also co invest with clients of Blackstone in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by the Adviser with respect to such investments. The Fund may be forced to sell or hold existing investments as a result of various relationships that Blackstone may have or transactions or investments Blackstone and its affiliates may make or have made. The inability to transact in any security, derivative or loan held by the Fund could result in significant losses to the Fund.

 

  Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates Risk. The 1940 Act limits our ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of our affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of or private equity fund managed by Blackstone, GSO or any of their respective affiliates. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company’s loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between the interests of the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interest of the Fund might be impaired. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

 

 

Dependence on Key Personnel Risk. The Adviser is dependent upon the experience and expertise of certain key personnel in providing services with respect to the Fund’s investments. If the Adviser were to lose the services of these individuals, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. As with any managed fund, the Adviser may not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities or investment techniques for the Fund’s portfolio and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds. The Adviser has

 



 

25


Table of Contents
 

informed the Fund that the investment professionals associated with the Adviser are actively involved in other investment activities not concerning the Fund and will not be able to devote all of their time to the Fund’s business and affairs. In addition, individuals not currently associated with the Adviser may become associated with the Fund and the performance of the Fund may also depend on the experience and expertise of such individuals.

Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, Borrowers or issuers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Fund’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade instruments frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (“call protection”). An issuer may redeem a below investment grade instrument if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. Loans typically do not have call protection. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be enhanced. See “Risks—Prepayment Risk.”

 

  Inflation/Deflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions on the Common Shares can decline.

 

  In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the borrowing costs or dividend rates associated with the Fund’s use of leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer defaults more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

 

Non-U.S. Instruments Risk. The Fund may invest in securities or other instruments, including Loans, of non-U.S. issuers or Borrowers (“Non-U.S. Instruments”). Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments and may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. companies. Financial markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as financial markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Instruments can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the

 



 

26


Table of Contents
 

ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Instruments to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, including seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, different legal systems and laws relating to creditors’ rights and the potential inability to enforce legal judgments, all of which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Instruments. Generally, there is less readily available and reliable information about non-U.S. issuers or Borrowers due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards and regulatory practices. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Because Non-U.S. Instruments may trade on days when the Fund’s Common Shares are not priced, the Fund’s NAV may change at times when Common Shares cannot be sold.

Foreign Currency Risk. Because the Fund may invest its Managed Assets in securities or other instruments denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of instruments held by the Fund and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of instruments denominated in such currencies, which means that the Fund’s NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Adviser may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. See “Risks—Swap Risk” The Fund may incur costs in connection with the conversions between various currencies. In addition, certain countries may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the repatriation, transferability or convertibility of currency.

 

 

UK Exit from the European Union. The United Kingdom (the “UK”) held a referendum on June 23, 2016 on whether to leave or remain a member state of the European Union (the “EU”). The outcome of that referendum was in favor of leaving. Under the process for leaving the EU contemplated in article 50 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, the UK will remain a member state until a withdrawal agreement is entered into, or failing that, two years following the notification of the intention to leave. On March 13, 2017, the British Parliament passed a bill approving the UK’s exit from the EU. On March 29, 2017, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to leave. As a result, the UK will remain a member state subject to EU law with privileges to provide services under the single market directives for at least two more years. However, given the size and importance of the UK’s

 



 

27


Table of Contents
 

economy, uncertainty or unpredictability about its legal, political and economic relationship with Europe after that two-year period may continue to be a source of instability, create significant currency fluctuations, and/or otherwise adversely affect international markets, arrangements for trading or other existing cross-border co-operation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise) for the foreseeable future including beyond the date of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The outcome of the UK referendum could also have a destabilizing effect if other member states were to consider the option of leaving the EU.

Repurchase Agreements Risk. Subject to its investment objective and policies, the Fund may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Fund will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future for the purchase price plus premium (which often reflects the interests). The Fund does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

 

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk. The Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks involved in the Fund’s use of leverage, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities that the Fund has sold but remains obligated to repurchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Fund may decline. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experiences insolvency, the Fund may be adversely affected. Also, in entering into reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund would bear the risk of loss

 



 

28


Table of Contents
 

to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the underlying securities. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreements transactions, the Fund’s NAV may decline, and, in some cases, the Fund may be worse off than if it had not used such instruments. To the extent not appropriately covered, the Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements will be subject to the 33 1/3% limitation on the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness under the 1940 Act.

 

  Investments in Equity Securities or Warrants Incidental to Investments in Floating Rate Instrument. From time to time the Fund also may invest in or hold common stock and other equity securities or warrants incidental to the purchase or ownership of a floating rate instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer. Investments in equity securities incidental to investments in floating rate instruments certain risks in addition to those associated with the original security. Because equity is merely the residual value of an issuer after all claims and other interests, it is inherently more risky than the bonds or loans of the same Borrower or issuer. The value of the equity securities may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in the Fund’s NAV. The Fund frequently may possess material non-public information about a Borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a floating rate instrument of a Borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities while in possession of material non-public information, the Fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of the Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

 

  Possible U.S. Federal Income Tax Reform. Both President Trump and the Republican members of the House of Representatives have publicly stated that one of their top legislative priorities is significant reform of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, including significant changes to taxation of business entities. There is a substantial lack of clarity around both the timing and the details of any such tax reform and the impact of any potential tax reform. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding potential changes in tax laws.

 

 

Cyber-Security Risk and Identity Theft Risks. Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. The Adviser’s information and technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses and other malicious code, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons and security breaches, usage errors by their respective professionals or service providers, power, communications or other service outages

 



 

29


Table of Contents
 

and catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information. Although the Adviser has implemented various measures to manage risks relating to these types of events, such systems could be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Breaches such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing it from being addressed appropriately. The Adviser and/or the Fund may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them. The failure of these systems and/or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in the Adviser’s, and/or the Fund’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to shareholders and the intellectual property and trade secrets of the Adviser. Such a failure could harm the Adviser’s and/or the Fund’s reputation, subject any such entity and their respective affiliates to legal claims and adverse publicity and otherwise affect their business and financial performance.

 

  Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 100% under normal circumstances. However, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In addition, a higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. See “The Fund’s Investments—Investment Policies—Portfolio Turnover” and “Tax Considerations.”

Non-Diversification Risk. The Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. The Fund may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to qualify for the special tax treatment available to “regulated investment companies” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and thus intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Subchapter M, including its less stringent diversification requirements that apply to the percentage of the Fund’s total assets that are represented by cash and cash items (including receivables),

 



 

30


Table of Contents

U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and certain other securities. See “The Fund’s Investments” and “Tax Considerations.”

 

  Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.”

 



 

31


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

This table describes the combined fees and expenses of the Fund that you will incur if you buy and hold Common Shares in the Fund. Because the Fund has no operating history, many of these expenses are estimates.

 

     Class I Shares     Class T Shares  

Shareholder Transaction Expenses:

    

Maximum Sales Load (as a percentage of the offering price)(1)

     None       2.50

Maximum Repurchase Fee(2)

     2.00     2.00

Maximum Early Withdrawal Fee

     None       None  

 

     Class I Shares     Class T Shares  

Annual Expenses (Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares)

    

Management Fee(3)

     1.00     1.00

Service Fee(4)

     None       0.25

Interests Payments on Borrowed Funds(5)

                          

Other Expenses(6)

                          

Total annual expenses

                          

 

(1) The Distributor acts as the distributor of the Common Shares on a best efforts basis, subject to various conditions. The Fund may be offered through other brokers or dealers (“Selling Agents”) that have entered into selling agreements with the Distributor. Selling Agents typically receive the sales load with respect to the Class T Shares purchased by their shareholders. The Distributor does not receive any portion of the sales load. Class T Shares are sold subject to a maximum sales load of up to 2.50%. The Selling Agents may, in their sole discretion, reduce or waive the sales load. Investors should direct any questions regarding sales loads to the relevant Selling Agent.
(2) The Fund may impose repurchase fees of up to 2.00% on Common Shares accepted for repurchase that have been held for less than one year. Payment of the repurchase fee is made by netting the fee against the repurchase proceeds. The repurchase fee is retained by the Fund for the benefit of remaining shareholders. If a shareholder has made multiple purchases and tenders a portion of its Common Shares, the repurchase fee is calculated on a first-in/first-out basis. See “Periodic Repurchase Offers” below for additional information about Common Share repurchases.
(3) The Adviser will receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily value of the Fund’s net assets.
(4) The Fund pays the Distributor a Service Fee that is calculated and accrued monthly at an annualized rate of 0.25% of the net assets of the Fund attributable to Class T Shares for services to shareholders. The Service Fee is for personal services provided to shareholders and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts services and to reimburse the Distributor for related expenses incurred. The Distributor may pay all or a portion of the Service Fee to the selling agents that sell Class T Shares. The Service Fee is governed by the Fund’s Service Plan.
(5) The table assumes the use of leverage in an amount equal to     % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (after the leverage is incurred), and assumes the annual interest rate on Borrowings is     %.
(6) “Other Expenses” are estimated based on Fund net assets of $             million and anticipated expenses for the first year of the Fund’s operations. “Other Expenses” include professional fees and other expenses, including, without limitation, SEC filing fees, printing fees, administration fees, investor servicing fees, custody fees, trustee fees, insurance costs and financing costs.

Through                 , the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund so that certain of the Fund’s expenses (“Specified Expenses”) will not exceed         % of net assets (annualized). The Fund has agreed to repay these amounts, when and if requested by the Adviser, but only if and to the

 

32


Table of Contents

extent that Specified Expenses are less than     % of net assets (annualized) (or, if a lower expense limit is then in effect, such lower limit) within the three-year period after the Adviser bears the expense; provided, however, that the Adviser may recapture a Specified Expense in the same year it is incurred. This arrangement cannot be terminated prior to                without the Board’s consent. “Specified Expenses” is defined to include all expenses incurred in the business of the Fund, including organizational costs, with the exception of (i) the Management Fee, (ii) the Service Fee, (iii) brokerage costs, (iv) dividend/interest payments (including any dividend payments, interest expenses, commitment fees, or other expenses related to any leverage incurred by the Fund), (v) taxes, and (vi) extraordinary expenses (as determined in the sole discretion of the Adviser).

Class I Example

As required by the relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Class I Shares (estimated offering expenses of $        ) and, assuming (i) the Fund issues                 Class I Shares in this offering, (ii) total annual expenses of     % of net assets attributable to the Class I Shares in years one through ten, (iii) a 5% annual return and (iv) reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value:

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Total Expenses Incurred

   $               $               $               $           

Class T Example

As required by the relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Class T Shares (including a sales load of $            , estimated offering expenses of $         and, assuming (i) the Fund issues                 Class T Shares in this offering, (ii) total annual expenses of     % of net assets attributable to the Class T Shares in years one through ten, (iii) a 5% annual return and (iv) reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value:

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Total Expenses Incurred

   $               $               $               $           

 

33


Table of Contents

THE FUND

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that continuously offers its Common Shares and is operated as an “interval fund.” The Fund was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on June 20, 2017 pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10154, and its telephone number is (212) 503-2100.

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the sale of its Common Shares in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as stated below. Pending the investment of the proceeds pursuant to the Fund’s investment objective and policies, the Fund may invest a portion of the proceeds of the offering, which may be a substantial portion, in short-term, high quality debt securities, money market securities, cash or cash equivalents. In addition, the Fund may maintain a portion of the proceeds in cash to meet operational needs. The Fund may be prevented from achieving its investment objective during any time in which the Fund’s assets are not substantially invested in accordance with its policies.

THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide attractive current income with low sensitivity to rising interest rates. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares or Preferred Shares, if any.

Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in floating rate instruments. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in each of the following: (i) structured products (including, without limitation, the rated debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), floating rate mortgage-backed securities and credit linked notes), (ii) derivatives, including credit derivatives, (iii) warrants and equity securities that are incidental to the Fund’s purchase of floating rate instruments or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer and (iv) fixed rate instruments (including, without limitation, high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government debt securities). To the extent that a structured product or a security underlying a derivative is, or is composed of, a floating rate instrument, the Fund will include it for the purposes of the Fund’s 80% policy. The Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, maturity and duration. The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar denominated securities of issuers located anywhere in the world, and of issuers that operate in any industry. In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Adviser will seek to enhance the Fund’s return by the use of leverage.

Under current market conditions, the Fund anticipates that its portfolio of floating rate instruments will primarily consist of Loans. Loans are made to Borrowers that operate in various industries and geographical regions. Loans pay interest at rates that are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate, plus a premium. Substantially all of the Fund’s assets may be invested in instruments, including Loans, that are below investment grade quality. Below investment grade quality instruments are those that, at the time of investment, are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by S&P) or Fitch, or if unrated are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Instruments of below investment grade quality, commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities, are regarded as

 

34


Table of Contents

having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade, or High Yield, Instruments Risk.”

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities or other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC’s standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). The Fund may also invest, without limit, in securities that are unregistered (but are eligible for purchase and sale by certain qualified institutional buyers) or are held by control persons of the issuer and securities that are subject to contractual restrictions on their resale (“restricted securities”). However, securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days due solely to applicable laws or the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures will not be subject to the limitations set forth above.

Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets on a mark-to-market basis. The Fund’s principal investments in derivative instruments will include investments in credit default swaps, total return swaps, credit-linked notes, other credit derivatives, futures transactions, options and options on futures as well as certain currency and interest rate instruments such as foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, put and call options on foreign currencies and interest rate swaps.

The Fund currently anticipates that it will invest in primarily U.S. dollar denominated instruments. However, the Fund may invest in instruments that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies. In order to minimize the impact of currency fluctuations, the Adviser may at times hedge certain or all of the Fund’s investments denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. Foreign currency transactions in which the Fund is likely to invest include, foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, and put and call options on foreign currencies. These transactions may be used to hedge against the risk of loss due to changing currency exchange rates. See “Risks—Derivatives Risk.”

In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Adviser will seek to enhance the Fund’s return by the use of leverage. The Fund intends to use Borrowings, in an aggregate amount of up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings. Furthermore, the Fund add leverage to its portfolio through the issuance of Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such issuance. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any Borrowings and the liquidation preference of any Preferred Shares that may be outstanding. The use of leverage involves increased risk, including increased variability of the Fund’s net income, distributions and net asset value in relation to market changes. The Fund’s leverage strategy may not work as planned or achieve its goal. Currently, the Fund has no intention to issue Preferred Shares. See “Use of Leverage,” “Risks—Leverage Risk” and “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares.”

Leverage creates risk for the Fund’s Common Shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV, and the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares may affect the return to the Common Shareholders or may result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Shares. There can be no assurance that any leveraging strategy the Fund employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

During temporary defensive periods or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including during the period when the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment objective and policies. During such periods, the Fund may invest all or a portion of assets in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities; non-U.S. government securities that have received the highest investment grade credit rating, certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association; commercial paper; bankers’ acceptances; bank time

 

35


Table of Contents

deposits; shares of money market funds; credit linked notes; repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing; or any other fixed income securities that the Adviser considers consistent with this strategy. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund will use these alternative strategies. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful.

Investment Philosophy

When identifying prospective investment opportunities in floating rate instruments, the Adviser currently intends to rely on fundamental credit analysis in order to minimize the loss of the Fund’s capital. The Adviser expects to invest in companies possessing the following attributes, which it believes will help achieve the Fund’s investment objective:

 

    Leading, defensible market positions. The Adviser intends to invest in companies that it believes have developed strong positions within their respective markets and exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service their obligations in a range of economic environments. The Adviser will seek companies that it believes possess advantages in scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing, or product quality versus their competitors, thereby minimizing business risk and protecting profitability.

 

    Investing in stable companies with positive cash flow. The Adviser intends to invest in established, stable companies which have demonstrated a record of profitability and cash flows over several economic cycles. The Adviser believes such companies are well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay their obligations and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. The Adviser does not intend to invest in start-up companies, companies in turnaround situations or companies with speculative business plans.

 

    Proven management teams. The Adviser intends to focus on investments in which the target company has an experienced management team with an established track record of success. The Adviser will typically require companies to have in place proper incentives to align management’s goals with the Fund’s goals.

 

    Private equity sponsorship. Often the Adviser will seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what it believes to be high-quality private equity firms. The Adviser believes that a private equity sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an implicit endorsement of the quality of the investment. Further, private equity sponsors of companies with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational issues arise.

 

    Diversification. The Adviser will seek to invest broadly among companies and industries, thereby potentially reducing the risk of a downturn in any one company or industry having a disproportionate impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio Composition

The Fund’s portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. A more detailed description of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions and more detailed information about the Fund’s portfolio investments are contained in the SAI.

Loans

Under current market conditions, the Fund anticipates that its portfolio of floating rate instruments will primarily consist of Loans. The Loans that the Fund may invest in include Loans that are first lien, second lien, third lien or that are unsecured. In addition, the Loans the Fund will invest in will usually be rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. The proceeds of Loans primarily are used to refinance existing debt and for acquisitions, dividends, leveraged buyouts, and general corporate purposes.

 

36


Table of Contents

Loans typically have rates of interest which are determined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Loans should decrease. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. These base lending rates are primarily LIBOR and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.

Loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Fund. To the extent a Loan is secured, there can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Loan would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral of a secured Loan. The collateral of a secured Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower. Some Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund’s performance.

Loans may not be rated by a rating agency. The amount of public information available with respect to Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Adviser will consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. To the extent that they are rated by a rating agency, many of the Loans in which the Fund will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by independent rating agencies. In the Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. The Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in their investment decisions and rely more upon their credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.

Loans are not registered with the SEC, or any state securities commission, and are not listed on any national securities exchange. There is less readily available or reliable information about most Loans than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). No active trading market may exist for some Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Loans, the Fund’s yield may be lower. See “Risks—Liquidity Risk.”

The floating or variable rate feature of Loans is a significant difference from typical fixed-income investments that carry significant interest rate risk. The Fund can normally be expected to have less significant interest rate-related fluctuations in its net asset value per share than investment companies investing primarily in fixed income securities (other than money market funds and some short term bond funds). When interest rates decline, the value of a fixed income portfolio can normally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed income portfolio can normally be expected to decline. Although the income available to the Fund will vary, the Adviser expects the Fund’s policy of acquiring interests in floating rate instruments may minimize fluctuations in net asset value of the Fund resulting from changes in market interest rates. However,

 

37


Table of Contents

because floating or variable rates on Loans only reset periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the Fund’s net asset value. A material decline in the Fund’s net asset value may impair the Fund’s ability to maintain required levels of asset coverage. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Fund’s net asset value.

The Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio Loans where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy court proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior credit securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Loan.

The Fund may use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value loans and other credit securities at their market value. The Fund will use the fair value method to value Loans or other securities if market quotations for them are not readily available or are deemed unreliable. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures.

Direct Assignments. The Fund may purchase Loans on a direct assignment basis. If the Fund purchases a Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if such loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

Loan Participations. The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Loans, but does not plan to do so extensively. The participation by the Fund in a lender’s portion of a Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks, other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution that sells the participation. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any rating agency.

Pre-Funded Letter of Credit Loans. The Fund may purchase participations in prefunded letter of credit loans (a “prefunded L/C loan”), but does not plan to do so extensively. A prefunded L/C loan is a facility created by the Borrower in conjunction with the agent bank as issuer of a loan, and the prefunded L/C loan is backed by letters of credit (each letter, an “L/C”). Each participant in a prefunded L/C loan (sometimes referred to as a funded letter of credit facility) fully funds its commitment amount to the agent bank for the facility. The funds are invested by the agent bank and held solely to satisfy a prefunded L/C loan lender’s obligation to the agent bank under the facility. The funds paid by the lenders are invested by the agent bank in deposits that pay interest, usually approximating a benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, which goes to the Borrower. Generally, the Borrower, via the agent bank, pays the lenders an interest rate, equivalent to the fully drawn spread plus the benchmark rate, usually LIBOR. The funds are returned to the lender upon termination of the prefunded L/C loan (and upon satisfaction of all obligations). Under the terms of the prefunded L/C loan agreement, a lender may sell and assign all or a portion of its interest in the loan to another lender so long as the other lender is eligible and agrees to the terms and conditions of the prefunded L/C loan agreement.

 

38


Table of Contents

When the Borrower needs funds, it may draw against the prefunded L/C loan and the agent bank makes payment to the Borrower by withdrawing some of the amount invested as deposits. Consequently, the lenders do not have to advance any additional funds at the time the Borrower draws against the prefunded L/C loan facility. The prefunded L/C loan can be structured from the standpoint of the Borrower as either (i) a revolving credit facility, where the Borrower can reborrow, during the term of the loan, moneys it has paid back to the facility during the term of the loan, or (ii) a delayed draw term loan where the Borrower may not reborrow moneys it has repaid to the facility during the term of the loan.

When the Fund purchases a participation in a prefunded L/C loan, the proceeds of the purchase are deposited in a collateral account, which backs an L/C loan by the agent bank to the Borrower to support trade or other financing. The Fund typically receives interest on the cash collateral account equal to LIBOR. In addition, the Fund may also receive a fee, typically similar to the spread paid on the Borrower’s institutional loan. Participations by the Fund in a prefunded L/C loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the agent bank, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive interest, fees and any repayments, if any, to which it is entitled only from the agent bank selling the participation and only upon receipt by the agent bank of such payments from the Borrower. In connection with purchasing the participation in a prefunded L/C loan, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the prefunded L/C loan. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the agent bank selling the participation in a prefunded L/C loan. In the event of the insolvency of the agent bank selling a participation in a prefunded L/C loan, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such agent bank. The agent bank will likely conduct its principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.

Below Investment Grade Instruments

The Fund anticipates that, under current market conditions, substantially all of Fund’s assets, including its investments in Loans, may be invested in instruments rated below investment grade, such as those rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch or instruments comparably rated by other rating agencies, or in unrated instruments determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Instruments rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Instruments rated BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

Lower grade instruments, though higher yielding, are characterized by higher risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated instruments. The retail secondary market for lower grade instruments may be less liquid than that of higher rated instruments. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain instruments or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s net asset value.

The prices of credit instruments generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of instruments also is inversely related to the coupon of such instruments. Accordingly, lower grade instruments may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality instruments of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with lower grade instruments potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such instruments than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and will be a substantial factor in the Fund’s relative share price volatility.

 

39


Table of Contents

Illiquid Securities

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC’s standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities). Investments currently considered to be illiquid include, among others, repurchase agreements not entitling the holder to repayment of principal and payment of interest within seven days, non-government stripped fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, and over-the-counter options and other derivatives. In the absence of readily available market quotations, the board of trustees, a committee appointed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees or a designee of the Board of Trustees will price illiquid investments at a fair value as determined in good faith. Valuing illiquid securities typically requires greater judgment than valuing securities for which there is an active trading market. The market price of illiquid securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Fund pays for or recovers upon the sale of illiquid securities. Investment of the Fund’s assets in illiquid securities may restrict the Fund’s ability to take advantage of market opportunities. Securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days due solely to applicable laws or the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures will not be subject to the limitations set forth above.

The Fund may invest in restricted securities, which are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. The restriction on public sale may make it more difficult to value such securities, limit the Fund’s ability to dispose of them and lower the amount the Fund could realize upon their sale. Because they are not registered, restricted securities may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. In recognition of the increased size and liquidity of the institutional market for unregistered securities and the importance of institutional investors in the formation of capital, the SEC adopted Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Rule 144A is designed to facilitate efficient trading among institutional investors by permitting the sale of certain unregistered securities to qualified institutional buyers. To the extent privately placed securities held by the Fund qualify under Rule 144A and an institutional market develops for those securities, the Fund likely will be able to dispose of the securities without registering them under the Securities Act. To the extent that institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities, investing in Rule 144A securities could increase the level of the Fund’s illiquidity.

Non-U.S. Instruments

The Fund may invest in Non-U.S. Instruments. Some Non-U.S. Instruments may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, there is less volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets than in the United States and, at times, greater price volatility than in the United States.

Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Fund will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Instruments, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because Non-U.S. Instruments may trade on days when the Fund’s Common Shares are not priced, net asset value can change at times when Common Shares cannot be sold.

Certain of the Fund’s investment in foreign fixed income securities may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent the Fund invests in such instruments, the value of the assets of the Fund as measured in U.S. dollars will be affected by changes in exchange rates. Generally, the Fund’s currency exchange transactions will be conducted on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the currency exchange market. The cost of the Fund’s currency exchange transactions will generally be the difference between the bid and offer spot rate of the currency being purchased or sold. In order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates, the Fund is authorized to enter into various currency exchange transactions. See “Risks—Foreign Currency Risk.”

 

40


Table of Contents

Distressed and Defaulted Instruments

The Fund does not intend to invest in distressed or default instruments, but may end up holding such an instrument as a result of the distress of or default by a Borrower or issuer of an existing loan or fixed- income instrument. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.

Distressed and defaulted instruments generally present the same risks as investment in below investment grade instruments. However, in most cases, these risks are of a greater magnitude because of the uncertainties of investing in an issuer undergoing financial distress. As discussed above, an issuer of distressed instruments may be in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring. Interest and/or principle payments on distressed instruments may be in default. Distressed instruments present a risk of loss of principal value, including potentially a total loss of value. Distressed instruments may be highly illiquid and the prices at which distressed instruments may be sold may represent a substantial discount to what the Adviser believes to be the ultimate value of such obligations.

Equity Securities

From time to time the Fund also may invest in or hold common stock and other equity securities incident to the purchase or ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or other issuer. Investments in equity securities incidental to investments in loans or fixed-income instruments entail certain risks in addition to those associated with investments in loans or fixed-income securities. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company. Historical trends would indicate that common stock is subject to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than debt securities. The value of the equity securities may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in the Fund’s NAV. In addition, the Fund frequently may possess material non-public information about a Borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or fixed-income security of a Borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities while in possession of material non-public information, the Fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of the Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

Other Fixed-Income Instruments

The Fund may invest in fixed-income instruments, such as high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government debt securities. The issuer of a fixed-income instrument pays the investor a fixed- or variable-rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date. Holders of fixed-income bonds as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the issuer for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors but are generally subordinate to any existing lenders in the issuer’s capital structure. Fixed-income instruments may be secured or unsecured. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond, especially a fixed-rate bond, will generally rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The value of intermediate- and longer-term corporate bonds normally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter-term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate fixed-income instruments usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.

 

41


Table of Contents

Temporary Strategies; Invest-Up Period

During the period in which the net proceeds of this offering of Common Shares are being invested or during periods in which the Adviser determines that economic or market conditions are unfavorable to investors and a defensive strategy would benefit the Fund, the Fund may temporarily depart from its investment strategy. During these periods, the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its assets in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities; non-U.S. government securities which have received the highest investment grade credit rating, certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association; commercial paper; bankers’ acceptances; bank time deposits; shares of money market funds; credit linked notes; repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing; or any other fixed income securities that the Adviser considers consistent with this strategy. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund will use these alternative strategies. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

Certificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit are certificates that are issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and that earn a specified return and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Fixed Time Deposits. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are generally no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. The Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

Bankers’ Acceptances. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.

Other Investment Techniques

Derivatives

Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets on a mark-to-market basis. The Fund’s principal investments in derivative instruments will include investments in credit default swaps, total return swaps, credit-linked notes, other credit derivatives, futures transactions, options and options on futures as well as certain currency and interest rate instruments such as foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, put and call options on foreign currencies and interest rate swaps.

Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Fund enters into credit default swap agreements and may enter into such agreements either as a buyer or a seller. The Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in an individual security or a segment of the market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual securities or market segments which it does not own. The

 

42


Table of Contents

Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular securities or market segments without investing directly in those securities or market segments.

As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Fund would pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed-upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the premium and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. If a credit event occurs, however, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations. If the Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a credit event occurs, however, generally the Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Fund effectively adds leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Thus, the Fund bears the same risk as it would bear by buying the reference obligations directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument.

Total Return Swaps. The Fund may enter into total return swaps. In a total return swap, the Fund pays another party a fixed or floating short-term interest rate and receives in exchange the total return of underlying loans or debt securities. If the other party to a total return swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of total return payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. The Fund bears the risk of default on the underlying loans or debt securities, based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. The Fund may use total return swaps for financing, hedging or investment purposes.

Options. The Fund may purchase put and call options on currencies or securities. A put option embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase from the option holder an underlying currency or security or its equivalent at a specified price. In contrast, a call option gives the purchaser the right to buy the underlying currency or security covered by the option or its equivalent from the writer of the option at the stated exercise price.

As a holder of a put option, the Fund will have the right to sell the securities underlying the option and as the holder of a call option, the Fund will have the right to purchase the currencies or securities underlying the option, in each case at their exercise price. An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option exercise period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration. A Bermudan style put or call option may be exercised at any time on fixed dates occurring during the term of the option. The Fund may seek to terminate its option positions prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The ability of the Fund to enter into a closing sale transaction depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.

Interest Rate Transactions. The Fund can normally be expected to have less significant interest rate-related fluctuations in its net asset value per share than investment companies investing primarily in fixed income securities (other than money market funds and some short term bond funds). However, because floating or variable rates on Loans only reset periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, Loans may allow the Borrower to opt between LIBOR-based interest rates and interest rates based on bank prime rates, which may have an impact the Fund’s net asset value.

 

43


Table of Contents

The Fund may use interest rate swaps for risk management purposes only and not as a speculative investment and would typically use interest rate swaps to shorten the average interest rate reset time of the Fund’s holdings. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments). The Fund will only enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis. If the other party to an interest rate swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The Fund will not enter into any interest rate swap unless the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be investment grade by the Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. These instruments are traded in the over-the-counter market.

The use of interest rate swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would be unfavorably affected.

Foreign Currency Transactions. The Fund may engage in foreign currency exchange transactions in connection with its investments in foreign securities. The Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. The Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against possible losses on foreign investments resulting from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price and for an amount set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has a deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies. However, forward foreign currency exchange contracts may limit potential gains which could result from a positive change in such currency relationships. The Fund does not speculate in foreign currency.

Except for cross-hedges, the Fund will not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts or maintain a net exposure in such contracts when it would be obligated to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of its portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that currency or, in the case of a “cross-hedge,” denominated in a currency or currencies that the Adviser believes will tend to be closely correlated with that currency with regard to price movements. At the consummation of a forward contract, the Fund may either make delivery of the foreign currency or terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an offsetting contract obligating it to purchase, at the same maturity date, the same amount of such foreign currency. If the Fund chooses to make delivery of the foreign currency, it may be required to obtain such currency through the sale of portfolio securities denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of the Fund into such currency. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or loss to the extent that there is a difference between the forward contract price and the offsetting forward contract price.

It should be realized that this method of protecting the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which can be achieved at some future point in time. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same

 

44


Table of Contents

time they tend to limit any potential gain should the value of such currency increase. Generally, the Fund will not enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract with a term longer than one year.

Securities Lending

The Fund may make secured loans of its marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to broker-dealers and other financial institutions that are believed by the Adviser to be of high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities, cash or cash equivalents (negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. The borrower pays to the Fund, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

The Fund may invest only the cash collateral received in accordance with its investment objective, subject to the Fund’s agreement with the borrower of the securities. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund typically pays a rebate to the borrower. The reinvestment of cash collateral will result in a form of effective leverage for the Fund.

Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, retains the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments.

Structured Products

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in structured products.

Collateralized Loan Obligations. A CLO is a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or “SPV”), created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. While the assets underlying CLOs are typically Loans, the assets may also include (i) unsecured loans, (ii) debt securities that are rated below investment grade, (iii) debt tranches of other CLOs and (iv) equity securities incidental to investments in Loans. When investing in CLOs, the Fund will not invest in equity tranches, which are the lowest tranche. However, the Fund may invest in lower rated debt tranches of CLOs, which typically experience a lower recovery, greater risk of loss or deferral or non-payment of interest than more senior tranches of the CLO. The underlying Loans purchased by CLOs are generally performing at the time of purchase but may become non-performing, distressed or defaulted. CLOs with underlying assets of non-performing, distressed or defaulted loans are not contemplated to comprise a significant portion of the Fund’s investments in CLOs. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims arising out of this diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued by the SPV which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV typically takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.

 

45


Table of Contents

Credit-Linked Notes. The Fund may purchase credit-linked notes. A credit-linked note is a form of funded credit derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). Credit-linked notes are created by embedding a credit default swap in a funded asset to form an investment whose credit risk and cash flow characteristics resemble those of a bond or loan. These credit-linked notes pay an enhanced coupon to the investor for taking on the added credit risk of the reference issuer. In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of credit-linked notes is subject to counterparty risk.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, under which the Fund will effectively pledge its assets as collateral to secure a short-term loan. Generally, the other party to the agreement makes the loan in an amount equal to a percentage of the market value of the pledge collateral. At the maturity of the reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund will be required to repay the loan and correspondingly receive back its collateral. While used as collateral, the assets continue to pay principal and interest, which are for the benefit of the Fund.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer and the bank or broker-dealer agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve transaction costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

Investment Policies

Credit Ratings and Unrated Securities

Rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Appendix A to the SAI describes the various ratings assigned to debt obligations by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. Credit rating agencies may be paid by the companies whose debt they analyze and grade. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays a rating agency for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. The Fund will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. The Adviser does not rely solely on credit ratings, and develops its own analysis of issuer credit quality. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. S&P, Moody’s and Fitch monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, securities held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held.

The Fund may purchase unrated securities (securities which are not rated by a rating agency) if the Adviser determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. To the extent that the Fund invests in high yield and/or unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on the Adviser’s analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in higher-quality and rated securities. The Adviser will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in lower rated or unrated debt instruments through active portfolio management, credit analysis and attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the financial markets.

 

46


Table of Contents

The Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue or withdraws its assessment, including in the event of a default. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, the Adviser may consider such factors as Adviser’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuers of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies.

Percentage Limitations

Compliance with any policy or limitation of the Fund that is expressed as a percentage of assets is determined at the time of purchase of portfolio securities. The policy will not be violated if these limitations are exceeded because of changes in the market value or investment rating of the Fund’s assets or if a Borrower or issuer distributes equity securities incident to the purchase or ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer.

Segregation and Cover Requirements

Certain portfolio management techniques, such as engaging in short sales, entering into credit default swaps or futures contracts, or purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate the Fund’s assets or otherwise cover its obligations. When employing these techniques, the Fund may segregate liquid assets, enter into offsetting transactions or own positions covering its obligations. To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under such a portfolio management technique, such instrument will not be considered a senior security for the purposes of the 1940 Act. The Fund may cover such transactions using other methods currently or in the future permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by the Fund. These segregation and coverage requirements could result in the Fund maintaining securities positions that it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restricting portfolio management. Such segregation and cover requirements will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

Portfolio Turnover

Active and frequent trading may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the Fund’s performance.

 

47


Table of Contents

LEVERAGE

The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its cash distributions to Common Shareholders through the use of leverage. The Fund intends to use Borrowings, in an aggregate amount of up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings. Furthermore, the Fund add leverage to its portfolio through the issuance of Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such issuance. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any Borrowings and the liquidation preference of any Preferred Shares that may be outstanding. The use of leverage involves increased risk, including increased variability of the Fund’s net income, distributions and net asset value in relation to market changes. The Fund’s leverage strategy may not work as planned or achieve its goal. Currently, the Fund has no intention to issue Preferred Shares. The Fund may not use leverage at all times, and the amount of leverage may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the Adviser’s outlook for the markets and the costs that the Fund would incur as a result of such leverage. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

Borrowings and any Preferred Shares will have seniority over Common Shares. Any Borrowings and Preferred Shares (if issued) will leverage your investment in Common Shares. Common Shareholders will bear the costs associated with any Borrowings, and if the Fund issues Preferred Shares, Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the Preferred Shares issuance. The Board of Trustees may authorize the use of leverage through Borrowings and Preferred Shares without the approval of the Common Shareholders.

The Fund may negotiate with several large commercial banks to arrange either a floating or fixed rate credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), or issue notes through a registered offering or private placement, pursuant to which the Fund would be entitled to borrow an amount equal to approximately 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets less any amounts of existing leverage, including from the issuance of Preferred Shares. Any such Borrowings would constitute financial leverage.

Leverage creates risk for the Common Shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of the Common Shares, and the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and debt or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares may affect the return to the Common Shareholders or will result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Shares. To the extent total return exceeds the cost of leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the total return derived from securities purchased with funds received from the use of leverage is less than the cost of leverage, the Fund’s return will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to Common Shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced. In the latter case, the Adviser in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it expects that the benefits to the Fund’s Common Shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return. Under normal market conditions, the Fund anticipates that it will be able to invest the proceeds from leverage at a higher rate of return than the costs of leverage, which would enhance returns to Common Shareholders. The use of leverage creates risks and involves special considerations. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness, including through the issuance of debt securities, unless immediately thereafter the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 300% of the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness (i.e., the aggregate amount of outstanding debt may not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined by deducting the amount of such distribution) is at least 300% of the aggregate amount of such outstanding indebtedness. If the Fund borrows money, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to retire outstanding debt from time to time to maintain coverage of any outstanding indebtedness of at least 300%.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s asset coverage is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding

 

48


Table of Contents

Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s assets less all liabilities other than Borrowings and outstanding Preferred Shares).

In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s assets less liabilities other than Borrowings and outstanding Preferred Shares satisfies the above-referenced 200% coverage requirement. If Preferred Shares is issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of at least 200%.

If Preferred Shares is outstanding, two of the Fund’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Fund will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event that the Fund fails to pay dividends on the Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.

Under the Credit Facility, the Fund may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Fund expects that any such Credit Facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions that, among other things, likely would limit the Fund’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change its fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the 1940 Act. The Fund may be required to pledge some or all of its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Fund’s custodian will retain all assets, including those that are pledged. The Fund’s custodian is not an affiliated person of the Fund, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that the Fund will enter into an agreement for the Credit Facility on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, the Credit Facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of Preferred Shares or debt securities.

Similarly, if the Fund were to issue notes, the Fund expects that any such issuance would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions that, among other things, likely would limit the Fund’s ability to pay distribution in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change its fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the 1940 Act. The Fund may be required to pledge some or all of its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Fund’s custodian will retain all assets, including those that are pledged. The Fund’s custodian is not an affiliated person of the Fund, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that the Fund will issue notes on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, the notes may in the future be replaced or refinanced by additional debt securities, one or more credit facilities or the issuance of Preferred Shares, each of which may have substantially different terms.

In addition the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed either by guidelines of a lender, if the Fund borrows from a lender, or by one or more rating agencies which may issue ratings for Preferred Shares. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. In addition to other considerations, to the extent that the Fund believes that the covenants and guidelines required by the rating agencies would impede its ability to meet its investment objective, or if the Fund is unable to obtain its desired rating on Preferred Shares, the Fund will not issue Preferred Shares.

 

49


Table of Contents

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including costs attributable to Borrowings or Preferred Shares, will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders. If there is a net decrease (or increase) in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease (or increase) the net asset value per share of Common Shares to a greater extent than if the Fund were not leveraged.

Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks to the Common Shareholders. These include the possibility of higher volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares and potentially more volatility in the market value of the Common Shares. On the other hand, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to Common Shareholders will be reduced, and if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged.

Effects of Leverage

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on the total return of Common Shares, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Fund. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

The table further reflects the issuance of leverage representing     % of the Fund’s Managed Assets, net of expenses, and the Fund’s currently projected annual interest on its leverage of     %.

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses)

       (10 )%      (5 )%      0     5      10

Common Stock Total Return

       (     )%      (     )%      (     )%                    

Total Return is composed of two elements: the dividends on Common Shares paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying dividends or interest on its leverage) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table above assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Fund must assume that the distributions it receives from its investments are entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments.

 

50


Table of Contents

RISKS

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. At any point in time an investment in the Fund’s Common Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account the distributions paid by and the ability of shareholders to reinvest dividends.

No Operating History

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decision. The Adviser acts as an investment adviser for collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts, listed investment companies (including closed-end funds and an exchange traded fund) and other investment vehicles.

Investment and Market Risk

An investment in the Fund’s Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Fund’s Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the portfolio of floating rate instruments, other securities and derivative investments owned by the Fund, and the value of these investments may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. At any point in time an investment in the Fund’s Common Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Fund and the ability of shareholders to reinvest dividends. The Fund may also use leverage, which would magnify the Fund’s investment, market and certain other risks.

Repurchase Offers Risk

As described under “Prospectus Summary—Periodic Repurchase Offers” above, the Fund is an “interval fund” and, in order to provide liquidity to shareholders, the Fund, subject to applicable law, will conduct repurchase offers of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares at NAV, subject to approval of the Board. The Fund believes that these repurchase offers are generally beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders, and repurchases generally will be funded from available cash, cash from the sale of Common Shares or sales of portfolio securities. However, repurchase offers and the need to fund repurchase obligations may affect the ability of the Fund to be fully invested or force the Fund to maintain a higher percentage of its assets in liquid investments, which may harm the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, diminution in the size of the Fund through repurchases may result in untimely sales of portfolio securities (with associated imputed transaction costs, which may be significant), and may limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities or to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may accumulate cash by (i) holding back (i.e., not reinvesting) payments received in connection with the Fund’s investments and (ii) holding back (i.e., not investing) cash from the sale of Common Shares. The Fund believes that it can meet the maximum potential amount of the Fund’s repurchase obligations. If at any time cash and other liquid assets held by the Fund are not sufficient to meet the Fund’s repurchase obligations, the Fund intends, if necessary, to sell investments. If, as expected, the Fund employs leverage, repurchases of Common Shares would compound the adverse effects of leverage in a declining market. In addition, if the Fund borrows to finance repurchases, interest on that borrowing will negatively affect holders of Common Shares who do not tender their Common Shares by increasing the Fund’s expenses and reducing any net investment income.

If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed, the Board of Trustees of the Fund may determine to increase the amount repurchased by up to 2% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares as of the date of the Repurchase Request Deadline. In the event that the Board of Trustees of the Fund determines not to repurchase more than the

 

51


Table of Contents

repurchase offer amount, or if shareholders tender more than the repurchase offer amount plus 2% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares as of the date of the Repurchase Request Deadline, the Fund will repurchase the Common Shares tendered on a pro rata basis, and shareholders will have to wait until the next repurchase offer to make another repurchase request. As a result, shareholders may be unable to liquidate all or a given percentage of their investment in the Fund during a particular repurchase offer. Some shareholders, in anticipation of proration, may tender more Common Shares than they wish to have repurchased in a particular quarter, thereby increasing the likelihood that proration will occur. A shareholder may be subject to market and other risks, and the NAV of Common Shares tendered in a repurchase offer may decline between the Repurchase Request Deadline and the date on which the NAV for tendered Common Shares is determined. In addition, the repurchase of Common Shares by the Fund will generally be a taxable event to Common Shareholders.

Loans Risk

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest primarily in Loans. The Loans that the Fund may invest in include Loans that are first lien, second lien, third lien or that are unsecured. In addition, the Loans the Fund will invest in will usually be rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. Loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus, including credit risk, liquidity risk, below investment grade instruments risk and management risk. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade, or High Yield, Instruments Risk,” “—Credit Risk” and “—Liquidity Risk.”

Although certain Loans in which the Fund may invest will be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that such collateral could be readily liquidated or that the liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Loan. In the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, if the terms of a Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loans. To the extent that a Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose some or all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Borrower. Those Loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss.

In general, the secondary trading market for Loans is not fully-developed. No active trading market may exist for certain Loans, which may make it difficult to value them. Illiquidity and adverse market conditions may mean that the Fund may not be able to sell certain Loans quickly or at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Loans, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

Some Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Loans.

If legislation of state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default.

If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could get for the Loan may be adversely affected.

 

52


Table of Contents

The Fund may acquire Loans through assignments or participations. The Fund will typically acquire Loans through assignment. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral.

A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution selling the participation interest, not with the Borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. Certain participation agreements also include the option to convert the participation to a full assignment under agreed upon circumstances. The Adviser has adopted best execution procedures and guidelines to mitigate credit and counterparty risk in the atypical situation when the Fund must acquire a Loan through a participation.

In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund will not be able to conduct the due diligence on the Borrower or the quality of the Loan with respect to which it is buying a participation that the Fund would otherwise conduct if it were investing directly in the Loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower or the Loan than the Fund expected when initially purchasing the participation.

The Fund also may originate Loans or acquire Loans by participating in the initial issuance of the Loan as part of a syndicate of banks and financial institutions, or receive its interest in a Loan directly from the Borrower, if the Borrower has annual revenues in excess of $2.5 billion at the time of origination or acquisition.

The Adviser has established a counterparty and liquidity sub-committee that regularly reviews each broker-dealer counterparty for, among other things, its quality and the quality of its execution. The established procedures and guidelines require trades to be placed for execution only with broker-dealer counterparties approved by the counterparty and liquidity sub-committee of the Adviser. The factors considered by the sub-committee when selecting and approving brokers and dealers include, but are not limited to: (i) quality, accuracy, and timeliness of execution, (ii) review of the reputation, financial strength and stability of the financial institution, (iii) willingness and ability of the counterparty to commit capital, (iv) ongoing reliability and (v) access to underwritten offerings and secondary markets.

Below Investment Grade, or High Yield, Instruments Risk

The Fund anticipates that it may invest substantially all of its assets in instruments that are rated below investment grade. Below investment grade instruments are commonly referred to as “junk” or high-yield instruments and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower grade instruments may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns, which could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such instruments to repay principal and pay interest thereon, increase the incidence of default for such instruments and severely disrupt the market value of such instruments.

Lower grade instruments, though higher yielding, are characterized by higher risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated instruments. The retail secondary market for lower grade instruments may be less liquid than that for higher rated instruments. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain instruments or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade instruments, investors could lose money on their investment in Common Shares of the Fund, both in the short-term and the long-term. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Composition—Below Investment Grade Instruments.”

 

53


Table of Contents

Valuation Risk

Unlike publicly traded common stock which trades on national exchanges, there is no central place or exchange for most of the Fund’s investments to trade. The Fund’s investments generally trade on an “over-the-counter” market which may be anywhere in the world where the buyer and seller can settle on a price. Due to the lack of centralized information and trading, the valuation of loans or fixed-income instruments may carry more risk than that of common stock. Uncertainties in the conditions of the financial market, unreliable reference data, lack of transparency and inconsistency of valuation models and processes may lead to inaccurate asset pricing. In addition, other market participants may value securities differently than the Fund. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the risk that when an instrument is sold in the market, the amount received by the Fund is less than the value of such loans or fixed-income instruments carried on the Fund’s books.

Liquidity Risk

To the extent consistent with the applicable liquidity requirements for interval funds under Rule 23c-3 of the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC’s standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities). However, securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days due solely to applicable laws or the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures will not be subject to the limitations set forth above. The Fund may also invest in restricted securities. Investments in restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the amount of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities if qualified institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase these securities.

Illiquid and restricted securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when the Fund believes it is desirable to do so. The market price of illiquid and restricted securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Fund pays for or recovers upon the sale of such securities. Illiquid and restricted securities are also more difficult to value, especially in challenging markets. The Adviser’s judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. Investment of the Fund’s assets in illiquid and restricted securities may restrict the Fund’s ability to take advantage of market opportunities. In order to dispose of an unregistered security, the Fund, where it has contractual rights to do so, may have to cause such security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered, thereby enabling the Fund to sell it. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities vary in length and scope and are generally the result of a negotiation between the issuer and acquiror of the securities. In either case, the Fund would bear market risks during that period.

Some Loans and other instruments are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Loans and other instruments may not be listed on any national securities exchange and no active trading market may exist for certain of the loans and other instruments in which the Fund will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some loans and other instruments may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The Fund has no limitation on the amount of its assets which may be invested in instruments that are not readily marketable or are subject to restrictions on resale.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that one or more Loans or other floating rate instruments in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the instrument experiences a decline in its financial status. While a senior position in the capital structure of a Borrower or issuer may provide some protection with respect to the Fund’s investments in certain Loans, losses may still occur because the market value of Loans is affected by the creditworthiness of Borrowers or issuers and by general economic and specific industry conditions and the Fund’s other investments will often be subordinate to other debt in the

 

54


Table of Contents

issuer’s capital structure. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade instruments, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade instruments are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade instruments. Instruments of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, the Fund may enter into credit derivatives which may expose it to additional risk in the event that the instruments underlying the derivatives default.

Interest Rate Risk

The fixed-income instruments that the Fund may invest in are subject to the risk that market values of such securities will decline as interest rates increase. These changes in interest rates have a more pronounced effect on securities with longer durations. Typically, the impact of changes in interest rates on the market value of an instrument will be more pronounced for fixed-rate instruments, such as most corporate bonds, than it will for Loans or other floating rate instruments. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV.

Structured Products Risk

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in structured products, including CLOs, floating rate mortgage-backed securities and credit linked notes. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund.

Investments in structured notes involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Composition.”

CLO Risk

In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities and structured products discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches

 

55


Table of Contents

thereof, (iv) the potential of spread compression in the underlying loans of the CLO, which could reduce credit enhancement in the CLOs and (vthe complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

CLO junior debt securities that the Fund may acquire are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLO junior debt securities are subject to increased risks of default relative to the holders of superior priority interests in the same securities. In addition, at the time of issuance, CLO equity securities are under-collateralized in that the liabilities of a CLO at inception exceed its total assets. Though not exclusively, the Fund will typically be in a first loss or subordinated position with respect to realized losses on the assets of the CLOs in which it is invested. The Fund may recognize phantom taxable income from its investments in the subordinated tranches of CLOs.

Between the closing date and the effective date of a CLO, the CLO collateral manager will generally expect to purchase additional collateral obligations for the CLO. During this period, the price and availability of these collateral obligations may be adversely affected by a number of market factors, including price volatility and availability of investments suitable for the CLO, which could hamper the ability of the collateral manager to acquire a portfolio of collateral obligations that will satisfy specified concentration limitations and allow the CLO to reach the initial par amount of collateral prior to the effective date. An inability or delay in reaching the target initial par amount of collateral may adversely affect the timing and amount of interest or principal payments received by the holders of the CLO debt securities and distributions of the CLO on equity securities and could result in early redemptions which may cause CLO debt and equity investors to receive less than face value of their investment.

The failure by a CLO in which the Fund invests to satisfy financial covenants, including with respect to adequate collateralization and/or interest coverage tests, could lead to a reduction in the CLO’s payments to the Fund. In the event that a CLO fails certain tests, holders of CLO senior debt may be entitled to additional payments that would, in turn, reduce the payments the Fund would otherwise be entitled to receive. Separately, the Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting CLO or any other investment the Fund may make. If any of these occur, it could adversely affect the Fund’s operating results and cash flows.

The Fund’s CLO investments are exposed to leveraged credit risk. If certain minimum collateral value ratios and/or interest coverage ratios are not met by a CLO, primarily due to senior secured loan defaults, then cash flow that otherwise would have been available to pay distributions to the Fund on its CLO investments may instead be used to redeem any senior notes or to purchase additional senior secured loans, until the ratios again exceed the minimum required levels or any senior notes are repaid in full.

Lender Liability Risk

A number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by Borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (a) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, (b) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (c) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (d) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of

 

56


Table of Contents

such Borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.”

Because affiliates of, or persons related to, the Adviser may hold equity or other interests in obligors of the Fund, the Fund could be exposed to claims for equitable subordination or lender liability or both based on such equity or other holdings. See “Risks—Lender Liability Risk.”

Leverage Risk

Under current market conditions, the Fund generally intends to utilize leverage in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets principally through Borrowings. In the future, the Fund may elect to utilize leverage in an amount up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets through the issuance of Preferred Shares. Leverage may result in greater volatility of the net asset value and distributions on the Common Shares because changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio investments, including investments purchased with the proceeds from Borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Shares, if any, are borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Common Share income may fall if the interest rate on Borrowings or the dividend rate on Preferred Shares rises, and may fluctuate as the interest rate on Borrowings or the dividend rate on Preferred Shares varies. In addition, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in increased operating costs. Thus, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to Common Shareholders will be reduced, and if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. In addition, the costs associated with the Fund’s incursion and maintenance of leverage could increase over time. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged.

Certain types of Borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage or portfolio composition or otherwise. In addition, the terms of the credit agreements may also require that the Fund pledge some or all of its assets as collateral.

Derivatives Risk

Derivatives Risk. Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets on a mark-to-market basis. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments may be particularly speculative and involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of these instruments, and the use of derivatives generally involves leverage in the sense that the investment exposure created by the derivatives may be significantly greater than the Fund’s initial investment in the derivatives. Thus, the use of derivatives may result in losses in excess of principal or greater than if they had not been used. The ability to successfully use derivative instruments depends on the ability of the Adviser. The skills needed to employ derivatives strategies are different from those needed to select a portfolio security and, in connection with such strategies, the Adviser must make predictions with respect to market conditions, liquidity, currency movements, market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, which may be inaccurate. The use of derivative instruments may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices below or above the current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise want to sell. The Fund may also have to defer closing out certain derivative positions to avoid adverse tax consequences and there may be situations in which derivative instruments are not elected that result in losses greater than if such instruments had been used. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to the Fund’s derivative instruments would not be available

 

57


Table of Contents

to the Fund for other investment purposes, which may result in lost opportunities for gain. Changes to the derivatives markets as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and other government regulation may also have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to make use of derivative transactions. In addition, the use of derivatives is subject to other risks, each of which may create additional risk of loss, including liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and management risk as well as the following risks:

 

    Correlation Risk. Imperfect correlation between the value of derivative instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

    Duration Mismatch Risk. The duration of a derivative instrument may be significantly different than the duration of the related liability or asset.

 

    Valuation Risk. The prices of derivative instruments, including swaps, futures, forwards and options, are highly volatile and such instruments may subject us to significant losses. The value of such derivatives also depends upon the price of the underlying asset, reference rate or index, which may also be subject to volatility. In addition, actual or implied daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on the exchanges or over-the-counter markets in which we may conduct our transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting us to the potential of greater losses. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are traded over-the-counter and not on an exchange.

 

    Liquidity Risk. Derivative instruments, especially when purchased in large amounts, may not be liquid in all circumstances, so that in volatile markets we may not be able to close out a position without incurring a loss.

 

    Counterparty Risk. Derivative instruments also involve exposure to counterparty risk, since contract performance depends in part on the financial condition of the counterparty. See “Counterparty Risk” below.

In addition, the Adviser may cause the Fund to invest in derivative instruments that are neither presently contemplated nor currently available, but which may be developed in the future, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible. Any such investments may expose the Fund to unique and presently indeterminate risks, the impact of which may not be capable of determination until such instruments are developed and/or the Adviser determines to make such an investment on behalf of the Fund.

Segregation and Coverage Risk

Certain portfolio management techniques, such as, among other things, entering into swap agreements, using reverse repurchase agreements, futures contracts or other derivative transactions, may be considered senior securities under the 1940 Act unless steps are taken to segregate the Fund’s assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To avoid having these instruments considered senior securities, in some cases the Fund segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under these types of transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such transactions. In cases where the Fund does not cover such transactions, such instruments may be considered senior securities and the Fund’s use of such transactions will be required to comply with the restrictions on senior securities under the 1940 Act. The Fund may be unable to use segregated assets for certain other purposes, which could result in the Fund earning a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate those assets in respect of or otherwise cover such portfolio positions. To the extent the Fund’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Fund’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

 

58


Table of Contents

Counterparty Risk

The Fund is subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to its derivatives contracts (whether a clearing corporation in the case of exchange-traded instruments or our hedge counterparty in the case of OTC instruments) purchased by the Fund. Counterparty risk is the risk that the other party in a derivative transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund’s counterparties with respect to their derivative transactions will affect the value of those instruments. By entering into derivatives, the Fund assumes the risks that theses counterparties could experience financial or other hardships that could call into question their continued ability to perform their obligations. In the case of a default by the counterparty, the Fund could become subject to adverse market movements while replacement transactions are executed. The ability of the Fund to transact business with any one or number of counterparties, the possible lack of a meaningful and independent evaluation of such counterparties’ financial capabilities, and the absence of a regulated market to facilitate settlement may increase the potential for losses by the Fund. Furthermore, concentration of derivatives in any particular counterparty would subject the Fund to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by such counterparty.

The Adviser evaluates and monitors the creditworthiness of counterparties in order to ensure that such counterparties can perform their obligations under the relevant agreements. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial or other difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up, bankruptcy or other analogous proceedings. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative contract would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value upon the termination of the derivative contract and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying assets. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery at all in such circumstances.

Certain categories of interest rate and credit default swaps are subject to mandatory clearing, and more categories may be subject to mandatory clearing in the future. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivative transactions because generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations (including, but not limited to, financial obligations and legal obligations to segregate margins collected by the clearing house) to the Fund. Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by recently enacted U.S. financial reform legislation. See “Derivatives Legislation and Regulatory Risk” below.

Derivatives Legislation and Regulatory Risk

The enforceability of agreements governing hedging transactions may depend on compliance with applicable statutory and other regulatory requirements and, depending on the identity of the counterparty, applicable international requirements. New or amended regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Reserve, the European Union or other financial regulators, other governmental or intergovernmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets, and could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, the CFTC and the SEC are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of statues and rules by these regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. For instance, the Dodd-Frank Act could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act is designed to impose stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability and provides for, among other things, new clearing, execution, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, business conduct, documentation, disclosure, position limit, minimum net capital and registration requirements. Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, execution, reporting, risk management, compliance, position limit, anti-fraud, consumer protection, portfolio reconciliation, documentation, recordkeeping, business conduct, margin requirements and registration requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act, many of the provisions are subject to further final rulemaking and clarifications, and thus the Dodd-Frank Act’s ultimate impact remains unclear.

New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund), increase the costs of using certain instruments (for example, by increasing margin, capital or reporting requirements) and/or make them less effective. In particular, new margin requirements and capital charges, even when not directly applicable to the Fund, may increase the pricing of derivatives transacted by the Fund. New exchange trading and trade reporting requirements and position limits may lead to changes in the liquidity of derivative transactions, or higher pricing or reduced liquidity in the derivatives markets, or the reduction of arbitrage opportunities for the Fund. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund’s engages in derivative transactions could also limit the ability of the Fund from using these instruments, affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments or may change the availability of certain investments. As a result, these changes could make it difficult for the Fund to execute its investment strategy.

It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk. For instance, in December 2012, the CFTC issued a final rule requiring certain credit default swaps and interest rate swaps to be centrally cleared, which is applicable to all swap counterparties not eligible for certain narrowly-defined exemption or exceptions. Where the Fund enters into certain swaps subject to mandatory clearing, it may be required to execute such swaps on a registered designated contract market or swap execution facility. Such clearing requirements may affect the Fund’s ability to negotiate individualized terms and/or may increase the costs of entering into such derivative transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements). Clearing mandates with respect to other types of derivative instruments have not yet been issued by the applicable regulators, but could have additional impact on the Fund’s ability to use such instruments as part of its investment strategy. In addition, certain foreign jurisdictions may also impose clearing requirements or expand existing clearing requirements that could apply to the Fund’s transactions with non-U.S. entities. For entities designated by the CFTC or the SEC as “swap dealers,” “security-based swaps dealers,” “major swap participants” or major “security-based swap participants,” the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new regulatory, reporting and compliance requirements. On May 23, 2012, a joint final rulemaking by the CFTC and the SEC defining these key terms was published in the Federal Register. Based on those definitions, the Fund would not be a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or security-based major swap participant at this time. If the Fund is later designated as a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or major security-based swap participant, its business will be subject to increased regulatory requirements, including registration requirements, additional recordkeeping and reporting obligations, external and internal business conduct standards, position limits monitoring, capital and margin thresholds, which will in turn increase the Fund’s compliance cost.

Furthermore, on December 15, 2015, the CFTC approved a final rule, which became effective in April 2016, but with later implementation dates as specified below, governing margin requirements for uncleared swaps entered into by registered swap dealers and major swap participants who are not supervised by the prudential regulators, referred to as “covered swap entities.” The final rule generally requires covered swap entities, subject to certain thresholds and exemptions, to collect and post margin in respect of uncleared swap transactions with other covered swap entities and financial end-users. In particular, the final rule requires covered swap entities and financial end-users having “material swaps exposure,” defined as an average aggregate daily notional amount of uncleared swaps exceeding a certain specified amount, to collect and/or post (as applicable) a minimum amount of “initial margin” in respect of uncleared swaps, subject to a phase-in schedule until September 1, 2020, when

 

60


Table of Contents

the average aggregate daily notional amount will thenceforth be $8 billion as calculated from June, July and August of the previous calendar year. In addition, the final rule requires covered swap entities entering into uncleared swaps with other covered swap entities or financial-end-users, regardless of swaps exposure, to post and/or collect (as applicable) “variation margin” in reflection of changes in the mark-to-market value of an uncleared swap since the swap was executed or the last time such margin was exchanged. The implementation date for variation margin requirements is March 1, 2017, subject to no-action relief to delay, until September 1, 2017, for full compliance. The CFTC final rule is substantially consistent with a similar rule mandating the exchange of initial and variation margin adopted by the prudential regulators in October 2015. It is possible that such regulations could increase the cost of and limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund.

In addition to U.S. laws and regulations relating to derivatives, certain non U.S. regulatory authorities, such as those in the European Union, have passed or proposed, or may propose in the future, legislation similar to that imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The regulatory changes in the European Union will impact a broad range of counterparties, both outside and within the European Union, and are expected to potentially increase the cost of transacting derivatives the Fund (particularly with banks and other dealers directly subject to such regulations).

Commodities Regulation

CFTC Rule 4.5 permits investment advisers to registered investment companies to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to a fund, provided certain requirements are met. In order to permit the Adviser to claim this exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Fund limits its transactions in certain futures, options on futures and swaps deemed “commodity interests” under CFTC rules (excluding transactions entered into for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined under CFTC regulations) such that either: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such futures, options on futures and swaps do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such futures, options on futures and swaps does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the Fund and the Fund may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the futures, options or swaps markets. Accordingly, the Fund is not subject to regulation under the CEA or otherwise regulated by the CFTC. If the Adviser was unable to claim the exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Adviser would become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator, which would subject the Adviser and the Fund to additional registration and regulatory requirements and increased operating expenses.

Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk

The Adviser will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in its management of the Fund. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of Blackstone in other activities that may conflict with those of the Fund. Blackstone engages in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of its business activities, Blackstone may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of Blackstone or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the holders. Other present and future activities of Blackstone may give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, the Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner.

Swap Risk

The Fund may also invest in credit default swaps, total return swaps and interest rate swaps. Such transactions are subject to market risk, liquidity risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction, known as “counterparty risk,” and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. When buying protection under a swap, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually

 

61


Table of Contents

obligated to make. However, when selling protection under a swap, the risk of loss is often the notional value of the underlying asset, which can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid; however there is no guarantee that the swap market will continue to provide liquidity. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.

In a total return swap, the Fund pays the counterparty a periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate and receives in exchange the total return of underlying loans or debt securities. The Fund bears the risk of default on the underlying loans or debt securities, based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation.

Counterparty and Prime Brokerage Risk

Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund’s prime brokers or counterparties with respect to derivatives or other transactions supported by another party’s credit will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as prime brokers or counterparties in the markets for these transactions have recently incurred significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such hardships have reduced such entities’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such transactions. By using derivatives, swaps or other transactions, the Fund assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience similar financial hardships. If a prime broker or counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding; if the Fund’s claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such prime broker or counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

Credit Derivatives Risk

The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Fund’s risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Fund sells protection under a credit default swap, it would collect periodic fees from the buyer and would profit if the credit of the underlying issuer or reference entity remains stable or improves while the swap is outstanding, but the Fund would be required to pay an agreed-upon amount to the buyer (which may be the entire notional amount of the swap) if the reference entity defaults on the reference security. Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Fund invested in the reference obligation directly.

Structured Products Risk

The Fund may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in structured products, including CLOs and credit-linked notes. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

 

62


Table of Contents

The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund.

Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CLOs and credit- linked notes are typically privately offered and sold. As a result, investments in CLOs and credit-linked notes may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Lender Liability Risk

A number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by Borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (a) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, (b) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (c) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (d) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.”

Because affiliates of, or persons related to, the Adviser may hold equity or other interests in obligors of the Fund, the Fund could be exposed to claims for equitable subordination or lender liability or both based on such equity or other holdings.

Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk

The Adviser will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in its management of the Fund. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates in other activities that may conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the Fund or the shareholders of the Fund. Other present and future activities of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest which may have a negative impact on the Fund.

 

63


Table of Contents

In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, Blackstone has implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls) that may reduce the positive synergies that the Adviser may have potentially utilized for purposes of finding attractive investments. Additionally, Blackstone may limit a client and/or its portfolio companies from engaging in agreements with or related to companies in which any fund of Blackstone has or has considered making an investment or which is otherwise an advisory client of Blackstone and/or from time to time restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Fund to make investments in or otherwise engage in businesses or activities competitive with companies or other clients of Blackstone, either as result of contractual restrictions or otherwise. Finally, Blackstone has in the past entered, and is likely in the future to enter, into one or more strategic relationships in certain regions or with respect to certain types of investments that, although possibly intended to provide greater opportunities for the Fund, may require the Fund to share such opportunities or otherwise limit the amount of an opportunity the Fund can otherwise take.

As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of services other than those provided by the Adviser, including investment banking, underwriting, capital markets syndication and advisory (including underwriting), placement, financial advisory, restructuring and advisory, consulting, asset/property management, mortgage servicing, insurance (including title insurance), monitoring, commitment, syndication, origination, servicing, management consulting and other similar operational and finance matters, healthcare consulting/brokerage, group purchasing, organizational, operational, loan servicing, financing, divestment and other services. In addition, Blackstone may provide services in the future beyond those currently provided. The Fund will not receive a benefit from the fees or profits derived from such services. In such a case, a client of Blackstone would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf. This request may preclude all of Blackstone clients (including the Fund) from participating in related transactions that would otherwise be suitable. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. In connection with its other businesses, Blackstone will likely come into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions. The Fund’s activities are expected to be constrained as a result of the inability of the personnel of Blackstone to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone from time to time are prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the Adviser’s investment team that would be relevant to monitoring the Fund’s portfolio and other investment decisions. Additionally, there are expected to be circumstances in which one or more of certain individuals associated with Blackstone will be precluded from providing services related to the Fund’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone (e.g., trading may be restricted). Blackstone has long term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Fund, the Adviser will consider those relationships, and may decline to participate in a transaction as a result of such relationships. The Fund may also co invest with clients of Blackstone in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by the Adviser with respect to such investments. The Fund may be forced to sell or hold existing investments as a result of various relationships that Blackstone may have or transactions or investments Blackstone and its affiliates may make or have made. The inability to transact in any security, derivative or loan held by the Fund could result in significant losses to the Fund.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates Risk

The 1940 Act limits our ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of our affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of or private equity fund managed by Blackstone, GSO or any of their respective affiliates. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company’s loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between the interests of the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interest of the Fund might be impaired. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

 

64


Table of Contents

Dependence on Key Personnel Risk

The Adviser is dependent upon the experience and expertise of certain key personnel in providing services with respect to the Fund’s investments. If the Adviser were to lose the services of these individuals, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. As with any managed fund, the Adviser may not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities or investment techniques for the Fund’s portfolio and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds. The Adviser has informed the Fund that the investment professionals associated with the Adviser are actively involved in other investment activities not concerning the Fund and will not be able to devote all of their time to the Fund’s business and affairs. In addition, individuals not currently associated with the Adviser may become associated with the Fund and the performance of the Fund may also depend on the experience and expertise of such individuals.

Prepayment Risk

During periods of declining interest rates, Borrowers or issuers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Fund’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade instruments frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (“call protection”). An issuer may redeem a below investment grade instrument if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. Loans typically do not have call protection. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be enhanced.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions on the Common Shares can decline.

In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer defaults more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

Non-U.S. Instruments Risk

The Fund may invest in Non-U.S. Instruments. Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments and may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. companies. Financial markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as financial markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Instruments can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Instruments to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, including seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, different legal systems and laws relating to creditors’ rights and the potential inability to enforce legal judgments, all of which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Instruments. Generally, there is less readily available and reliable information about non-U.S. issuers or Borrowers due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards and regulatory practices. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates

 

65


Table of Contents

which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Because Non-U.S. Instruments may trade on days when the Fund’s Common Shares are not priced, the Fund’s NAV may change at times when Common Shares cannot be sold.

Foreign Currency Risk

Because the Fund may invest its Managed Assets in securities or other instruments denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of instruments held by the Fund and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of instruments denominated in such currencies, which means that the Fund’s NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Adviser may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. See “Risks—Swap Risk” The Fund may incur costs in connection with the conversions between various currencies. In addition, certain countries may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the repatriation, transferability or convertibility of currency.

UK Exit from the European Union

The UK held a referendum on June 23, 2016 on whether to leave or remain a member state of the EU. The outcome of that referendum was in favor of leaving. Under the process for leaving the EU contemplated in article 50 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, the UK will remain a member state until a withdrawal agreement is entered into, or failing that, two years following the notification of the intention to leave. On March 13, 2017, the British Parliament passed a bill approving the UK’s exit from the EU. On March 29, 2017, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to leave. As a result, the UK will remain a member state subject to EU law with privileges to provide services under the single market directives for at least two more years. However, given the size and importance of the UK’s economy, uncertainty or unpredictability about its legal, political and economic relationship with Europe after that two-year period may continue to be a source of instability, create significant currency fluctuations, and/or otherwise adversely affect international markets, arrangements for trading or other existing cross-border co-operation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise) for the foreseeable future including beyond the date of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The outcome of the UK referendum could also have a destabilizing effect if other member states were to consider the option of leaving the EU.

Repurchase Agreements Risk

Subject to its investment objective and policies, the Fund may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Fund will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Fund does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

 

66


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk

The Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks involved in the Fund’s use of leverage, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities that the Fund has sold but remains obligated to repurchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Fund may decline. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experiences insolvency, the Fund may be adversely affected. Also, in entering into reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the underlying securities. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreements transactions, the Fund’s NAV will decline, and, in some cases, the Fund may be worse off than if it had not used such instruments. To the extent not appropriately covered, the Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements will be subject to the 33 1/3% limitation on the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness under the 1940 Act.

Potential U.S. Federal Income Tax Reform

Both President Trump and the Republican members of the House of Representatives have publicly stated that one of their top legislative priorities is significant reform of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, including significant changes to taxation of business entities. There is a substantial lack of clarity around both the timing and the details of any such tax reform and the impact of any potential tax reform. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding potential changes in tax laws.

Cyber-Security Risk and Identity Theft Risks

Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. The Adviser’s information and technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses and other malicious code, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons and security breaches, usage errors by their respective professionals or service providers, power, communications or other service outages and catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information. Although the Adviser has implemented various measures to manage risks relating to these types of events, such systems could be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Breaches such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing it from being addressed appropriately. The Adviser and/or the Fund may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them. The failure of these systems and/or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in the Adviser’s, and/or the Fund’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to shareholders and the intellectual property and trade secrets of the Adviser. Such a failure could harm the Adviser’s and/or the Fund’s reputation, subject any such entity and their respective affiliates to legal claims and adverse publicity and otherwise affect their business and financial performance.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 100% under normal circumstances. However, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.

 

67


Table of Contents

In addition, a higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. See “The Fund’s Investments—Investment Policies—Portfolio Turnover” and “Tax Considerations.”

Non-Diversification Risk

The Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. The Fund may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to qualify for the special tax treatment available to “regulated investment companies” under Subchapter M of the Code, and thus intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Subchapter M, including its less stringent diversification requirements that apply to the percentage of the Fund’s total assets that are represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and certain other securities. See “The Fund’s Investments” and “Tax Considerations.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.”

 

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees and Officers

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the board of trustees. The responsibilities of the board of trustees include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. The board of trustees currently has an audit committee, a nominating committee and a valuation committee and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The day-to-day operation of the Fund is delegated to the officers of the Fund and the Adviser, subject always to the investment objective, restrictions and policies of the Fund and to the general supervision of the board of trustees.

There currently are             trustees of the Fund. A majority of the trustees are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

Investment Adviser

GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser and also provides administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. The Adviser is located at 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017. The Adviser is a wholly-controlled subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP. GSO is the credit platform of Blackstone, which is a leading global manager of private capital. The alternative asset management business includes the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, real estate investment trusts, funds of hedge funds, hedge funds, credit-focused funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and registered investment companies. Blackstone’s business is organized into four segments: private equity, real estate, hedge fund solutions and credit. Through its different investment businesses, as of March 31, 2017, Blackstone had total assets under management of over $360 billion. As of March 31, 2017, GSO’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $93 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including Loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt and private equity, including hedge funds.

Competitive Advantages

The Adviser believes that it offers the following competitive advantages:

Global platform with seasoned investment professionals. The Adviser’s senior management team believes that the breadth and depth of its experience, together with the wider resources of GSO and Blackstone and their relationships with the investment community, provide the Adviser with a significant competitive advantage in sourcing and analyzing attractive investment opportunities worldwide. The Adviser’s investment professionals have extensive experience in leveraged finance. Individual members of the Adviser’s investment team also have experience in derivatives strategies.

Disciplined, income-oriented investment philosophy. The Adviser will employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach will involve a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of credit deterioration. This strategy is designed to maximize current yield and minimize the risk of capital loss while maintaining potential for long-term capital appreciation.

Expertise across all levels of the corporate capital structure. The Adviser believes that its broad expertise and experience at all levels of a company’s capital structure will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive returns on the Fund’s investments. The Adviser will attempt to capitalize

 

69


Table of Contents

on this expertise in an effort to produce and maintain an investment portfolio that will perform in a broad range of economic conditions.

Investment Team

Set forth below is information regarding the team of professionals at the Adviser primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Adviser utilizes a team approach, with decisions derived from interaction among various investment management sector specialists. Under this team approach, management of the Fund’s portfolio will reflect a consensus of interdisciplinary views.

Daniel H. Smith, Jr. is a Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group L.P. and oversees the customized credit strategies (“CCS”) business of GSO. Mr. Smith also serves as a member of several of GSO’s investment committees. In addition, he serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the closed-end investment companies managed by CCS. Mr. Smith joined GSO from Royal Bank of Canada (“RBC”) in 2005. At RBC, Mr. Smith was a Managing Partner and Head of RBC Capital Partners Debt Investments business, RBC’s alternative investments unit responsible for the management of $2.5 billion in capital and a portfolio of merchant banking investments. Prior to joining RBC, Mr. Smith worked at Indosuez Capital, a division of Crédit Agricole Indosuez, where he was a Co-Head and Managing Director responsible for management of the firm’s $4.0 billion in collateralized loan obligations and a member of the investment committee responsible for a portfolio of private equity co-investments and mezzanine debt investments. Previously, Mr. Smith worked at Van Kampen and Frye Louis Capital Management. He began his career in investment management in 1987 at Van Kampen American Capital (f/k/a Van Kampen Merritt), a mutual fund company in Chicago where he held a variety of positions including co-head of the firm’s high-yield investment group and head of the firm’s equity fund complex. Mr. Smith received a B.S. in Petroleum Engineering from the University of Southern California and a Master’s Degree in Management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern.

Robert Zable is a Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group L.P., Senior Portfolio Manager for CCS’s U.S. CLOs and high yield separately managed accounts and Lead Portfolio Manager of the Fund. Mr. Zable serves as a member of CCS’s U.S. Syndicated Investment Committee and Global Structured Credit Investment Committee. Before joining GSO in 2007, Mr. Zable was a Vice President at FriedbergMilstein LLC, where he was responsible for credit opportunity investments and junior capital origination and execution. Prior to that, Mr. Zable was a Principal with Abacus Advisors Group, a boutique restructuring and distressed investment firm. Mr. Zable began his career at JP Morgan Securities Inc., where he focused on leveraged finance in New York and London. Mr. Zable received B.S. from Cornell University and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Daniel T. McMullen is a Managing Director of The Blackstone Group L.P. and Senior Portfolio Manager for CCS’s U.S. loan separately managed accounts and commingled funds. Mr. McMullen serves as a member of CCS’s U.S. Syndicated Credit Investment Committee and Global Structured Credit Investment Committee. Before joining Blackstone in 2002, Mr. McMullen worked at CIBC World Markets, most recently as a Director and Senior Investment Analyst for the structured investment vehicles managed by Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C. Prior to that, Mr. McMullen was a Director in the Investment Banking Group at CIBC, specializing in the aerospace and defense industries. Before joining CIBC in 1996, Mr. McMullen was employed at The Chase Manhattan Bank where he worked in the Corporate Finance Healthcare Group. Mr. McMullen received a B.A. from the University of Rochester, where he graduated cum laude, and is a CFA Charterholder.

Gordon McKemie is a Principal and a portfolio manager with GSO. Mr. McKemie is also responsible for the evaluation and ongoing analysis of primary and secondary fixed income investments across multiple industries. Prior to joining GSO, Mr. McKemie was an Associate in Leveraged Finance at Citigroup and an Assistant Vice President in high yield research at Barclays Capital. He began his career at Lehman Brothers. Mr. McKemie received a B.B.A. from Goizueta Business School at Emory University, and is a CFA Charterholder.

 

70


Table of Contents

Robert Post is a Vice President and Portfolio Manager of CCS’s US leveraged loan and high yield strategies. Prior to joining GSO in 2017, Mr. Post was a Junior Portfolio Manager at BlackRock, where his responsibilities included various leveraged loan and high yield mandates. Previously, Mr. Post was an Analyst at BMO Capital Markets, where he was involved with the ongoing monitoring and structuring of leveraged finance transactions. Mr. Post began his career at MetLife Investments as a credit analyst focused on corporate bonds. Mr. Post received a B.A. in Economics with a concentration in Financial Markets from Colby College.

Although the persons described above are currently employed by Blackstone and are engaged in the activities of GSO, such persons may not necessarily continue to be employed by Blackstone during the entire term of the Investment Advisory Agreement and, if so employed, may not remain engaged in the activities of GSO. Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by them and other information is provided in the SAI.

Investment Advisory Agreement

The Adviser provides services to the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser. Under the investment advisory agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s board of trustees, the Adviser will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

The Fund’s investment advisory agreement will continue in effect, unless otherwise terminated, until                , 2019, and then will continue from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Fund’s board of trustees or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and (b) in either event, by a majority of the board of trustees of the Fund who are not “interested persons” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (the “independent trustees”) with such independent trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Fund’s investment advisory agreement provides that the Adviser may render services to others. The Fund’s investment advisory agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the Fund when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s trustees, or by the Adviser on not less than go days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Fund’s investment advisory agreement provides that neither the Adviser nor its personnel or affiliates shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the Fund’s net assets.

A discussion regarding the basis for the initial approval of the investment advisory agreement by the board of trustees will be available in the Fund’s first report to shareholders. The basis for subsequent continuations of the Fund’s investment advisory agreement will be provided in annual or semi-annual reports to stockholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.

In addition to the fees paid to the Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.

 

71


Table of Contents

Administrator

            , located at             , serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the Administration Agreement,             maintains the Fund’s general ledger and is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the common shares, and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund.             is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of     % of the average daily value of the Fund’s net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $            , plus out-of-pocket expenses.

Control Persons

A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Adviser has provided the initial capitalization of the Fund and therefore is a control person because it is the sole shareholder of the Fund as of the date of this prospectus. However, it is anticipated that the Adviser will no longer be a control person following the commencement of the offering of Common Shares.

 

72


Table of Contents

PURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

Common Shares

The Fund intends to offer two classes of Common Shares: Class I and Brokerage Class T Shares. The Fund intends to rely on exemptive relief from the SEC that will permit the Fund to issue multiple classes of shares and to impose asset-based distribution fees and early-withdrawal fees; there is no assurance, however, that the relief will be granted. Upon receiving the exemptive relief, the Fund will offer Class I Shares and Class T Shares.

Minimum Investment

The minimum initial investment for the Common Shares is $10,000 per account and the minimum subsequent investment in the Fund per account is $1,000, except that the minimum investment may be modified for certain financial firms that submit orders on behalf of their customers, the Trustees, and certain employees and their extended family members of Blackstone and its affiliates. The Fund and the Distributor reserves the right to reject a purchase order for any reason.

Distributor

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Fund’s Common Shares pursuant to a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with the Fund. The Distributor, located at 345 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10017, is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and is a member of FINRA. The Distributor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blackstone.

Class I Shares will be offered on a continuous basis at net asset value (“NAV”) per share. Class T Shares will be offered on a continuous basis at NAV per share, plus a maximum sales load of 2.50%. The Distributor acts as the distributor of Class I Shares and Class T Shares for the Fund on a best efforts basis, subject to various conditions, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Contract. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Class I Shares and Class T Shares of the Fund. The Distribution Agreement also provides that the Fund will indemnify the Distributor and its affiliates and certain other persons against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

Shares are also offered through other brokers or dealers (referred to as “selling agents”) that have entered into selling agreements with the Distributor. The Distributor may reallow the full amount of the sales load to the brokers or dealers that act as selling agents for the Fund. The actual sales load paid by Common Shareholders may vary among and within selling agents. Common Shareholders should consult with their financial intermediaries about any additional fees or charges they might impose.

The Fund pays the Distributor a Service Fee that is calculated and accrued monthly at an annualized rate of 0.25% of the net assets of the Fund. The Service Fee is for personal services provided to shareholders and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts services and to reimburse the Distributor for related expenses incurred. The Distributor may pay all or a portion of the Service Fee to the selling agents that sell Common Shares.

How to Purchase Common Shares

The following section provides basic information about how to purchase Common Shares of the Fund.

The Distributor acts as the distributor of Common Shares for the Fund on a best efforts basis, subject to various conditions, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Contract. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Common Shares of the Fund. Common Shares of the Fund will be continuously offered through the Distributor. As discussed below, the Fund may authorize one or more intermediaries (e.g., broker-dealers and other financial firms) to receive orders on its behalf. The Common Shares will be offered at NAV per share calculated each regular business day, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

73


Table of Contents

The Fund and the Distributor will have the sole right to accept orders to purchase Common Shares and reserve the right to reject any order in whole or in part.

No market currently exists for the Fund’s Common Shares. The Fund will not list its Common Shares for trading on any securities exchange. There is currently no secondary market for the Fund’s Common Shares and the Fund does not anticipate that a secondary market will develop for its Common Shares. Neither the Adviser nor the Distributor intends to make a market in the Fund’s Common Shares.

Class T shares are available through brokerage, transactional-based accounts and through certain fee-based programs. Class I shares are generally available only (1) to endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors for purchase in this offering, (2) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares, (3) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares, (4) through certain registered investment advisers, (4) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or (5) to other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or (6) to our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of the Adviser, Blackstone or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers.

Acceptance and Timing of Purchase Orders

A purchase order received by the Fund or its designee prior to the close of the NYSE, on a day the Fund is open for business, together with payment made in one of the ways described above will be effected at that day’s NAV plus any applicable sales charge. An order received after the close of the NYSE will be effected at the NAV determined on the next business day. However, orders received by certain retirement plans and other financial firms on a business day prior to the close of the NYSE and communicated to the Fund or its designee prior to such time as agreed upon by the Fund and financial firm will be effected at the NAV determined on the business day the order was received by the financial firm. The Fund is “open for business” on each day the NYSE is open for trading, which excludes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, the Fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase orders in accordance with applicable law. The Fund reserves the right to close if the primary trading markets of the Fund’s portfolio instruments are closed and the Fund’s management believes that there is not an adequate market to meet purchase requests. On any business day when the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the securities markets close trading early, the Fund may close trading early. Purchase orders will be accepted only on days which the Fund is open for business.

The Fund and the Distributor each reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject any order for purchase of Fund Common Shares. The sale of Common Shares may be suspended during any period in which the NYSE is closed other than weekends or holidays, or if permitted by the rules of the SEC, when trading on the NYSE is restricted or during an emergency which makes it impracticable for the Fund to dispose of its securities or to determine fairly the value of its net assets, or during any other period as permitted by the SEC for the protection of investors.

 

74


Table of Contents

PERIODIC REPURCHASE OFFERS

The Fund is an “interval fund,” a type of fund which, in order to provide liquidity to shareholders conducts periodic repurchase offers. The Fund is seeking exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to make monthly repurchase offers of 5% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares at net asset value. Upon receiving the exemptive relief, the Fund will adopt a fundamental investment policy to make monthly offers to repurchase of no less than 5% of its outstanding Common Shares at net asset value, reduced by any applicable repurchase fee. There can be no assurance that the Fund will receive exemptive relief from the SEC. The Fund expects the first repurchase offer to be issued after the first calendar quarter of the Fund’s operations.

Repurchase Offers

As a fundamental policy, which may not be changed without shareholder approval, the Fund offers shareholders the opportunity to request the repurchase of their Common Shares on a monthly basis. The Fund is required to offer to repurchase not less than 5% of its outstanding Common Shares with each repurchase offer and under normal market conditions, the Board expects to authorize a 5% offer. The Fund may not offer to repurchase more than 25% of its outstanding Common Shares during any calendar quarter.

Generally on the first business day of the month, and in any case at least 7 and no more than 14 days prior to the Repurchase Request Deadline, the Fund will send notice to each shareholder setting forth (i) the number of Common Shares the Fund will repurchase; (ii) the Repurchase Request Deadline and other terms of the offer to repurchase; and (iii) the procedures for shareholders to follow to request a repurchase.

The time and dates by which repurchase offers must be received in good order (“Repurchase Request Deadline”) are 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on the sixth business day of each month. Shareholders and financial intermediaries must submit repurchase requests in good order by the Repurchase Request Deadline. The Repurchase Request Deadline will be strictly observed. Shareholders and financial intermediaries failing to submit repurchase requests in good order by such deadline will be unable to liquidate Common Shares until a subsequent repurchase offer.

The repurchase price will be the Fund’s NAV determined on the repurchase pricing date, which will be a date not more than 14 calendar days following the Repurchase Request Deadline (“Repurchase Offer Amount”). Payment for all Common Shares repurchased pursuant to these offers will be made not later than 5 business days or 7 calendar days (whichever period is shorter) after the repurchase pricing date (“Repurchase Payment Deadline”). Under normal circumstances, it is expected that the repurchase pricing date will be four business days after the Repurchase Request Deadline. Payment for Common Shares tendered will normally be made on the fifth business day or seventh calendar day (whichever period is shorter) following the repurchase pricing date and, in every case, at least five business days before sending notification of the next monthly repurchase offer. If the tendered shares have been purchased immediately prior to the tender, the Fund will not release repurchase proceeds until payment for the tendered shares has settled. During the period the offer to repurchase is open, shareholders may obtain the current NAV by calling (            )    -    .

If more Common Shares are tendered for repurchase than the Fund has offered to repurchase, the Board may, but is not obligated to, increase the number of Common Shares to be repurchased by up to 2% of the Fund’s Common Shares outstanding per quarter, subject to the 25% limitation on the repurchase of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares during any calendar quarter. If there are still more Common Shares tendered than are offered for repurchase, Common Shares will be repurchased on a pro-rata basis. However, the Fund may determine to alter the pro-rata allocation and the Fund may accept all Common Shares tendered by persons who own, in the aggregate, fewer than 100 Common Shares and who tender all of their Common Shares, before prorating shares tendered by others.

 

75


Table of Contents

Because of the foregoing, shareholders may be unable to liquidate all, or a given percentage, of their Common Shares and some shareholders may tender more Common Shares than they wish to have repurchased in order to ensure repurchase of at least a specific number of shares. Shareholders may withdraw Common Shares tendered for repurchase at any time prior to the Repurchase Request Deadline.

The Fund may impose a repurchase fee of up to 2.00% on Common Shares accepted for repurchase by the Fund that have been held for less than one year. The repurchase fee will be retained by the Fund and is intended to compensate the Fund for expenses directly related to the repurchases. The repurchase fee is imposed on a first-in, first-out basis, which means that you will tender Common Shares in the order of their purchase. The Fund has elected not to impose the repurchase fee on repurchases of Common Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

Repurchase offers and the need to fund repurchase obligations may affect the ability of the Fund’s portfolio to be fully invested, which may reduce returns. Moreover, diminution in the size of the Fund’s portfolio through repurchases without offsetting new sales, may result in untimely sales of portfolio securities and a higher expense ratio, and may limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities. Repurchases resulting in portfolio turnover will result in additional expenses being borne by the Fund. The Fund may also sell portfolio securities to meet repurchase obligations which, in certain circumstances, may adversely affect the market for Loans and reduce the Fund’s value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the Adviser’s intention to fund repurchases with the proceeds of borrowings whenever practical. Use of the borrowing facility entails certain risks and costs. See “Repurchase Offers—Liquidity Requirements.”

The repurchase of Common Shares by the Fund will generally be a taxable event to Common Shareholders, and may be a taxable event to those shareholders that do not participate in the repurchase. See “Tax Considerations” for a general summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. shareholders. Investors should rely on their own tax adviser for advice about the particular federal, state and local tax consequences of investing in the Fund and participating in the Fund’s repurchase offer program.

Suspension or Postponement of a Repurchase Offer

The Fund may suspend or postpone a repurchase offer only: (i) if making or effecting the repurchase offer would cause the Fund to lose its status as a regulated investment company under the Code; (ii) for any period during which the NYSE or any market in which the securities owned by the Fund are principally traded is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings, or during which trading in such market is restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable, or during which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or (iv) for such other periods as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of the Fund.

Liquidity Requirements

From the time that the notification is sent to shareholders until the Repurchase Payment Deadline, the Fund will ensure that a percentage of its net assets equal to at least 100% of the Repurchase Offer Amount consists of assets: (i) that can be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business at approximately the price at which the Fund has valued the investment within the time period between the Repurchase Request Deadline and the Repurchase Payment Deadline; or (ii) that mature by the Repurchase Payment Deadline.

The Board has adopted procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the Fund’s assets are sufficiently liquid so that the Fund can comply with the repurchase policy and the liquidity requirements described in the previous paragraph.

 

76


Table of Contents

The Fund intends to finance repurchase offers with cash on hand, cash raised through borrowings, or the liquidation of portfolio securities. There is some risk that the need to sell Loans to fund repurchase offers may affect the market for those Loans. In turn, this could diminish the Fund’s NAV.

Redemption of Senior Securities

In order to permit the Fund to repurchase Common Shares, the borrowing or other indebtedness issued by the Fund, as well as the terms of any Preferred Shares, must either mature by the next Repurchase Request Deadline or provide for their redemption, call or repayment by the next Repurchase Request Deadline without penalty or premium. Although the Fund ordinarily does not expect to redeem any senior security, including Preferred Shares, it may be required to redeem such securities if, for example, the Fund does not meet an asset coverage ratio required by law or correct a failure to meet a rating agency guideline in a timely manner.

 

77


Table of Contents

NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value of the Common Shares of the Fund will be computed based upon the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined daily by                 on each day that the NYSE is open for business as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE. The Fund calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends) from the total assets of the Fund (the value of the securities plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of outstanding Common Shares of the Fund.

Loans are primarily valued by using a composite loan price from a nationally recognized loan pricing service. The methodology used by the Funds’ nationally recognized loan pricing provider for composite loan prices is to value loans at the mean of the bid and ask prices from one or more brokers or dealers. CLOs are valued at the price provided by a nationally recognized pricing service. The prices provided by the nationally recognized pricing service are typically based on the evaluated mid-price of each of the CLOs. Corporate bonds and convertible bonds, other than short-term investments, are valued at the price provided by a nationally recognized pricing service. Non-U.S. Instruments are valued by translating available quotes into U.S. dollar equivalents, if the quotes are considered reliable, and are otherwise valued at fair value. Over-the-counter options are priced on the basis of dealer quotes. Other types of derivatives for which quotes may not be available are valued at fair value.

The prices provided by the nationally recognized pricing service are typically based on the mean of bid and ask prices for each corporate bond security. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrices, market transactions in comparable investments, various relationships observed in the market between investments and calculated yield measures based on valuation technology commonly employed in the market for such investments. Equity securities for which market quotations are available are generally valued at the last sale price or official closing price on the primary market or exchange on which they trade. Futures contracts are ordinarily valued at the last sales price on the securities or commodities exchange on which they are traded. Written and purchased options are ordinarily valued at the closing price on the securities or commodities exchange on which they are traded. Short-term debt investments, if any, having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased would be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Any investments and other assets for which such current market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value (“Fair Valued Assets”) as determined in good faith by a committee of the Adviser (“Fair Valued Asset Committee”) under procedures established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Funds’ Boards of Trustees. A Fair Valued Asset Committee meeting may be called at any time by any member of the Fair Valued Asset Committee. The pricing of all Fair Valued Assets and determinations thereof shall be reported by the Fair Valued Asset Committee to the Board at each regularly scheduled quarterly meeting.

 

78


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTIONS

Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, which the Fund expects to be after one quarter of operations, the Fund intends to declare income dividends daily and distribute them to Common Shareholders monthly at rates that reflect the past and projected net income of the Fund. Subject to applicable law, the Fund may fund a portion of its distributions with gains from the sale of portfolio securities and other sources. The Fund will pay Common Shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its net investment income after the payment of interest, fees or dividends, if any, owed with respect to any forms of leverage utilized by the Fund. The Fund intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. In light of the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund anticipates that the 1940 Act will require it to accompany each monthly distribution with a statement setting forth the estimated source (as between ordinary income, capital gains and return of capital) of the distribution made. The Fund will indicate the proportion of its capital gains distributions that constitute long-term and short-term gains annually. The ultimate U.S. federal income tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a calendar or taxable year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Fund may make total distributions during a calendar or taxable year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the relevant taxable year. In such situations, if a distribution exceeds the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), such distribution would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in such shareholder’s shares. When you sell your shares in the Fund, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Fund’s shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal. To the extent that the amount of any return of capital distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in such shareholder’s shares, the excess will be treated as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. See “Tax Considerations.”

Various factors will affect the level of the Fund’s income, including the asset mix, the average maturity of the Fund’s portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the Fund and the Fund’s use of hedging. To permit the Fund to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Fund may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Fund during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Fund’s net asset value (and indirectly benefit the Adviser and                 by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Fund’s net asset value.

Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder generally limit the Fund to one long-term capital gain distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions.

 

79


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Pursuant to the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”), all common shareholders will have all dividends, including any capital gain dividends, reinvested automatically in additional Common Shares by         , as agent for the Common Shareholders (the “Plan Agent”), unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. An election to receive cash may be revoked or reinstated at the option of the shareholder. In the case of record shareholders such as banks, brokers or other nominees that hold common shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder as representing the total amount registered in such shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are to participate in the Plan. Shareholders whose shares are held in the name of a bank, broker or nominee should contact the bank, broker or nominee for details. Such shareholders may not be able to transfer their shares to another bank or broker and continue to participate in the Plan.

Common Shares received under the Plan will be issued to you at their NAV on the ex-dividend date; there is no sales or other charge for reinvestment. You are free to withdraw from the Plan and elect to receive cash at any time by giving written notice to the Plan Agent or by contacting your broker or dealer, who will inform the Fund. Your request must be received by the Fund at least ten days prior to the payment date of the distribution to be effective for that dividend or capital gain distribution.

The Plan Agent provides written confirmation of all transactions in the shareholder accounts in the Plan, including information you may need for tax records. Any proxy you receive will include all Common Shares you have received under the Plan.

Automatically reinvested dividends and distributions are taxed in the same manner as cash dividends and distributions. See “Tax Considerations.”

The Fund and the Plan Agent reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the Plan may be obtained from the Plan Agent.

 

80


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

The Fund is a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to the Declaration of Trust dated as of June 20, 2017 as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of                , 2017 (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. The holders of Common Shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued interest, fees and distributions, if any, with respect to the Fund’s leverage have been paid, unless certain asset coverage tests with respect to the leverage employed by the Fund are satisfied after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund have been met. See “—Preferred Shares” below. All Common Shares are equal as to distributions, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, when available, to all holders of its Common Shares.

The Fund has no present intention of offering any additional shares other than the Common Shares it may issue under the Fund’s Plan. Any additional offerings of shares will require approval by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of the sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of Common Shares or with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

The Fund’s net asset value per share generally increases when interest rates decline, and decreases when interest rates rise. However, because the Loans that the Fund invests in are floating rate in nature, the Fund’s net asset value per share will be less affected by interest rate fluctuations than if it were investing primarily in other forms of securities. The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational costs and offering expenses paid by the Fund. See “Summary of Fund Expenses.”

Preferred Shares

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees of the Fund may authorize and issue Preferred Shares, with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Holders of Common Shares have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued.

While the Fund does not anticipate doing so, it may issue Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of up to 33 13% of its total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund other than senior securities at the time the leverage is incurred in order to buy additional securities. The use of leverage can create risks. The Board of Trustees reserves the right to change the foregoing percentage limitation and may issue Preferred Shares to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, which currently limits the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Preferred Shares to 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund. We cannot assure you, however, that Preferred Shares will not be issued. The terms of any Preferred Shares, including distribution rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions restrictions on the declaration of distributions, maintenance of asset ratios and restrictions while distributions are in arrears will be determined by the Board of Trustees, subject to applicable law and the Declaration of Trust. The Fund also believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of any Preferred Shares will be similar to those stated below.

 

81


Table of Contents

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, the holders of any Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund.

The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Fund at any time two years’ dividends on any Preferred Shares are unpaid. The 1940 Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the Preferred Shares and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act, including, among other things, changes in the Fund’s sub-classification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.” As a result of these voting rights, the Fund’s ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any Preferred Shares outstanding. The Board of Trustees presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares will have equal voting rights with holders of Common Shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act) and will vote together with holders of Common Shares as a single class.

The terms of any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund are expected to provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of Preferred Shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of Preferred Shares. The class vote of holders of Preferred Shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

The terms of any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund are expected to provide that (i) they are redeemable by the Fund in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued distributions per share; (ii) the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and (iii) the Fund may subsequently resell any Preferred Shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to the Common Shares, while any resale of such Preferred Shares by the Fund will increase that leverage.

The discussion above describes the possible offering of Preferred Shares by the Fund. If the Board of Trustees determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust. The Board of Trustees, without the approval of the holders of Common Shares, may authorize an offering of Preferred Shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the Preferred Shares to be offered.

 

82


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board of Trustees. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Fund. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Fund and disrupting the normal operation of the Fund. A trustee may be removed from office for cause only, and not without cause, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.

The Declaration of Trust grants special approval rights with respect to certain matters to members of the Board of Trustees who qualify as “Continuing Trustees,” which term means trustees who either (i) have been members of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since             , 2017, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) were nominated to serve as members of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees.

The Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the trustees and holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares (including common and Preferred Shares of beneficial interest) to authorize certain Fund transactions not in the ordinary course of business, including a merger or consolidation, certain issuances or transfers by the Fund of the Fund’s shares (except as may be pursuant to a public offering, the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan or upon exercise of any stock subscription rights), certain sales, transfers or other dispositions of Fund assets, or any shareholder proposal regarding specific investment decisions, unless the transaction is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case no shareholder authorization would be required by the Declaration of Trust, but may be required in certain cases under the 1940 Act). The Declaration of Trust also requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of a majority of the Trustees and of holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. Also, the Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund may dissolve upon the vote of a majority of the Trustees and two-thirds of the Fund’s shares. See “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

The Trustees may from time to time grant other voting rights to shareholders with respect to these and other matters, certain of which are required by the 1940 Act.

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. These provisions also provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The provisions of the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws described above could have the effect of discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The board of trustees has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws, both of which will be on file with the SEC.

The Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders will have the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private, for profit corporations incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

83


Table of Contents

For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Fund will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law (which does not mandate that shareholders have any particular right to vote upon) or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. For a more complete explanation, see the full text of these provisions in the Declaration of Trust, which is on file with the SEC.

 

84


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The discussion below and certain disclosure in the SAI provide general tax information related to an investment in Common Shares of the Fund. Because tax laws are complex and often change, shareholders should consult their tax advisors about the tax consequences of an investment in the Fund. Unless otherwise noted, the following tax discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold the Common Shares as capital assets. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source.

The Fund will elect to be treated, and intends to qualify each taxable year, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify under Subchapter M for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (1) distribute to its shareholders in each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and its net tax-exempt income; (2) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each, a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (3) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year of the Fund (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and other securities, with these other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships. As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

If the Fund failed to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other non-corporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

A RIC that fails to distribute, by the close of each calendar year, an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary taxable income for such calendar year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any shortfalls from any prior year’s required distribution, is liable for a 4% excise tax on the portion of the undistributed amounts of such income that are less than the required distributions. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gain on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

Distributions to shareholders by the Fund of ordinary income (including “market discount” realized by the Fund on the sale of debt securities), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will generally be

 

85


Table of Contents

taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent such distributions are paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned Common Shares of the Fund. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the Common Shares. Distributions paid by the Fund generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations or for the reduced rates applicable to certain qualified dividend income received by non-corporate shareholders.

Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Shares of the Fund will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case, such shareholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Shares. The additional Common Shares received by a shareholder pursuant to the Plan will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Common Shares were credited to the shareholder’s account.

Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of those months, and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund (and received by shareholders) on December 31 of the year in which declared.

In general, the sale or other disposition of Common Shares (except pursuant to a repurchase by the Fund, as described below) will result in capital gain or loss to shareholders. A holder’s gain or loss generally will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Shares have been held for more than one year. Present law taxes both long- and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. Losses realized by a holder on the sale or exchange of Common Shares held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains, as discussed under “Taxes—Distributions” in the SAI) with respect to such Common Shares. In addition, no loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of Common Shares if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the Plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such Common Shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

From time to time, the Fund may offer to repurchase its outstanding Common Shares. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its Common Shares or fewer than all Common Shares tendered are repurchased, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. In such a case, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders, and shareholders who tender some but not all of their Common Shares or fewer than all of whose Common Shares are repurchased, in each case whose percentage interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender, will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, and in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming Common Shares of the Fund.

The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to U.S. shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup

 

86


Table of Contents

withholding. Certain shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

If a shareholder (other than a partnership) is not a U.S. shareholder (other than such a shareholder whose ownership of shares is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), certain dividends received by such shareholder from the Fund may be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. To the extent that Fund distributions consist of ordinary dividends that are subject to withholding, the applicable withholding agent will generally be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). However, dividends paid by the Fund that are “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such withholding, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to shareholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a non-U.S. shareholder, and that satisfy certain other requirements. Net capital gain dividends (that is, distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) distributed by the Fund to a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax.

The Fund may be required to withhold from distributions to a non-U.S. shareholder that are otherwise exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the non-U.S. shareholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any ordinary dividends and other distributions that the Fund pays and, beginning January 1, 2019, the gross proceeds from certain capital gain dividends or the disposition of Common Shares, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its United States “account” holders (as specifically defined in the Code) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. In addition, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of Common Shares.

The foregoing tax discussion is for general information only. The provisions of the Code and regulations thereunder presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to the Fund’s transactions. The foregoing does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisors for more detailed information concerning federal income tax matters.

 

87


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund will be                 located at                 .                 located at                 , will serve as the Fund’s transfer agent and dividend paying agent with respect to the Common Shares.

LEGAL OPINIONS

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.

 

88


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

     Page  

Investment Objectives

     1  

Investment Restrictions

     1  

Investment Policies and Techniques

     4  

Management of the Fund

     21  

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

     40  

Taxes

     42  

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

     48  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     48  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     48  

Additional Information

     48  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     49  

Financial Statements

     50  

Appendix A—Description of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings

     A-1  

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     B-1  

 

89


Table of Contents

 

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO FLOATING RATE ENHANCED INCOME FUND

ADVISORY CLASS I COMMON SHARES

BROKERAGE CLASS T COMMON SHARES

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                , 2017

 

 

All dealers that buy, sell or trade the Fund’s shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus in accordance with the terms of the dealers’ agreements with the Fund’s Distributor.

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated                 , 2017

BLACKSTONE / GSO FLOATING RATE ENHANCED INCOME FUND

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Blackstone / GSO Floating Rate Enhanced Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that continuously offers its shares (the “Common Shares”) and is operated as an “interval fund.” This Statement of Additional Information relating to Common Shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated                     . This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling             . You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.

This Statement of Additional Information is dated                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objectives

     1  

Investment Restrictions

     1  

Investment Policies and Techniques

     4  

Management of the Fund

     21  

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

     40  

Taxes

     42  

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

     48  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     48  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     48  

Additional Information

     48  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     49  

Financial Statements

     50  

Appendix A—Description of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings

     A-1  

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     B-1  


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide attractive current income with low sensitivity to rising interest rates. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Restrictions

Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and Preferred Shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a separate class:

(1) invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry, provided that securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government securities”) and tax-exempt securities of governments or their political subdivisions will not be considered to represent an industry;

(2) issue senior securities or borrow money to purchase additional securities other than as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

(3) make loans to other persons, except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, the SEC staff or other authority;

(4) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or the sale of its own securities, the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter;

(5) purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may invest in securities or other interests of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business and instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, and the Fund may acquire, hold and sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Fund’s ownership of such other assets; or

(6) purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts or derivative instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities).

For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (1) above, securities of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of a U.S. governmental entity are not considered to represent industries. If the Fund were to “concentrate” its investments in a particular industry, investors would be exposed to greater risks because the Fund’s performance would be largely dependent on that industry’s performance.

With respect to the limitation regarding the issuance of senior securities set forth in subparagraph (2) above, “senior securities” are defined as any bond, debenture, note, or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness, and any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends.

The ability of a closed-end fund to issue senior securities is severely circumscribed by complex regulatory constraints under the 1940 Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing and form of senior securities that may be issued. Certain portfolio management techniques, such as credit default swaps, the purchase of securities

 

1


Table of Contents

on margin, short sales or the writing of puts on portfolio securities, may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate the Fund’s assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under these transactions, including by the segregation of liquid assets, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s commitment, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security” by the Fund and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund.

Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.

Section 18(a) of the 1940 Act requires certain actions by the Fund if its asset coverage falls below certain levels. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund other than senior securities, is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund other than senior securities). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of its outstanding Preferred Shares plus its outstanding liabilities and indebtedness. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%.

The 1940 Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an asset coverage of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. For the purpose of borrowing money, “asset coverage” means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. On the other hand, certain practices and investments may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act.

With respect to the limitation regarding making loans to other persons set forth in subparagraph (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.

With respect to the limitation regarding underwriting the securities of other issuers set forth in subparagraph (4) above, a technical provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) deems certain persons to be “underwriters” if they purchase a security from an issuer and later sell it to the public. Although it is not believed that the application of this Securities Act provision would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy set forth in subparagraph (4) will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act. Under the Securities Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus.

When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, “majority of the outstanding” means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting of shareholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less. Except for the fundamental policies disclosed above, all other policies of the Fund disclosed herein and in the Fund’s prospectus are non-fundamental policies which may be changed by the board of trustees of the Fund without shareholder approval.

 

2


Table of Contents

Repurchase Offer Fundamental Policy

The Board has adopted a repurchase offer fundamental policy resolution setting forth the Fund’s fundamental policy that it will conduct monthly repurchase offers. This fundamental policy may be changed only with the approval of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, including a majority of any holders of preferred shares voting separately as a class. The Fund is required to offer to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Common Shares with each repurchase offer and, under normal market conditions, the Board expects to authorize not less than a 5% offer (“Repurchase Offer”). The Fund may not offer to repurchase more than 25% of its outstanding Common Shares during any calendar quarter.

The time and dates by which Repurchase Offers must be accepted (“Repurchase Request Deadline”) are 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on the sixth business day of each month. The repurchase price will be the Fund’s NAV determined on the repurchase pricing date, which will be a date not more than 14 calendar days following the Repurchase Request Deadline (“Repurchase Offer Amount”). Payment for all Common Shares repurchased pursuant to these offers will be made not later than 5 business days or 7 calendar days (whichever period is shorter) after the repurchase pricing date. Under normal circumstances, it is expected that the repurchase pricing date will be four business days after the Repurchase Request Deadline. Payment for Common Shares tendered will normally be made on the fifth business day or seventh business day (whichever period is shorter) following the repurchase pricing date and, in every case, at least five business days before sending notification of the next monthly Repurchase Offer. If the tendered shares have been purchased immediately prior to the tender, the Fund will not release repurchase proceeds until payment for the tendered shares has settled.

The Repurchase Offer fundamental policy may be changed only with approval of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, including a majority of any holders of preferred shares voting separately as a class.

Non-Fundamental Restrictions

The Fund’s (1) investment objective and (2) policy to invest, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in floating rate instruments, are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares or Preferred Shares, if any. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ notice prior to changing the non-fundamental policy in (2) above. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any Borrowings and the liquidation preference of any Preferred Shares that may be outstanding.

In addition, to comply with U.S. federal income tax requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company, the Fund’s investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets are invested (i) in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer or two or more issuers controlled (by owning 20% or more of their voting power) by the Fund and determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (ii) in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined under Section 851(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, no more than 5% of the value of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and no investment represents more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the Fund’s board of trustees only to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.

The percentage limitations applicable to the Fund’s portfolio described in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information apply only at the time of investment and the Fund will not be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.

 

3


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment policies and techniques in the prospectus.

Portfolio Contents

Loans

Under current market conditions, the Fund intends to invest primarily in floating rate loans (“Loans”). A Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of loan investors (“Loan Investors”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Loan on behalf of the other Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors.

Loans primarily include floating rate loans to corporations and secondarily institutionally traded floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in a Loan. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.

The Fund may purchase “Assignments” from the Agent or other Loan Investors. The purchaser of an Assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement (as defined herein) of the assigning Loan Investor and becomes a Loan Investor under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Loan Investor. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Loan Investor.

The Fund also may invest in “Participations.” Participations by the Fund in a Loan Investor’s portion of a Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such Loan Investor, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Loan Investor selling the Participation and only upon receipt by such Loan Investor of such payments from the Borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Loan Investors through set-off against the Borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral, if any, supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the Loan Investor selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Loan Investor selling a Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such Loan Investor. The selling Loan Investors and other persons interpositioned between such Loan Investors and the Fund with respect to such Participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.

The Fund will only acquire Participations if the Loan Investor selling the Participation, and any other persons interpositioned between the Fund and the Loan Investor, at the time of investment has outstanding debt or deposit obligations rated investment grade (Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P or Fitch, or comparably rated by another nationally recognized rating agency) or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced.

 

4


Table of Contents

Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

To the extent a Loan is secured, a Borrower will for the term of the Loan, pledge collateral, including but not limited to, (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights (but excluding goodwill); and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of secured Loans made to non-public companies, the company’s shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a secured Loan may be secured only by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a Borrower’s obligations under a Loan.

In the process of buying, selling and holding Loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a Loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Loan by a Borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees, covenant modification fees or other amendment fees.

A Borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the Borrower and the holders of the Loan (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to shareholders, provisions requiring the Borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the Borrower to prepay the loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e., the Agent, or the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Loan Investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the Borrower to monitor the Borrower’s compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the Borrower. In the case of a Loan in the form of a Participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the Participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

In a typical Loan the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a Participation Agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the Borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other Loan Investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the Borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the Borrower. The seller of the Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the Loan, may give the Borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the Loan Investors in the Loan. The Agent is compensated by the

 

5


Table of Contents

Borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other Loan Investors pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving intermediate participants, similar risks may arise.

Loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Loan from free cash flow, as described above. The degree to which borrowers prepay Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among Loan Investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Recent market conditions, including falling default rates among others, have led to increased prepayment frequency and loan renegotiations. These renegotiations are often on terms more favorable to borrowers. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee assessed against the prepaying borrower.

Loans typically pay interest at least quarterly at rates which equal a fixed percentage spread over a base rate such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). For example, if LIBOR were 0.30% and the Borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the Borrower would be 2.80%. Additionally, many Loans also have a minimum base rate, or floor, which will be used if the actual base rate is below this minimum base rate. This measure is designed to ensure lenders receive a minimum interest rate in periods of low interest rates. By illustration, if LIBOR were 0.30% and the Borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the Borrower would be 2.80%. However, if the same Loan had a LIBOR floor of 1.50%, then 1.50% would be used as the base rate notwithstanding that LIBOR was currently at 0.30%, thereby making the interest rate paid the Borrower 4.00% (1.50% LIBOR floor base rate plus 2.50% fixed spread). During periods when LIBOR is greater than the LIBOR floor, the LIBOR floor would have no impact on the interest rate paid by the Borrower. Not all Loans have LIBOR floors and this feature is a relatively recent invention which may not persist in future issuances of Loans.

Although a base rate such as LIBOR can change every day, loan agreements for Loans typically allow the Borrower the ability to choose how often the base rate for its loan will reset. A single loan may have multiple reset periods at the same time, with each reset period applicable to a designated portion of the loan. Such reset periods can range from one day to one year, with most Borrowers choosing monthly or quarterly reset periods. During periods of rising interest rates, Borrowers will tend to choose longer reset periods, and during periods of declining interest rates, Borrowers will tend to choose shorter reset periods. The fixed spread over the base rate on a Loan typically does not change.

From time to time, Blackstone and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell interests in Loans to, or acquire them from, the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Loans held by the Fund.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Fund may acquire interests in Loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a Borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Fund may also invest in Loans of Borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A Borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the Borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the Borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

To the extend a Loan is secured, the Fund will be subject to the risk that collateral securing a loan will decline in value or have no value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Fund may invest in Loans guaranteed by, or secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the Borrower; provided, however, that such guarantees are fully secured. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a Borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for the Loan. However, the Borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of Loans and, indirectly, Loans themselves.

To the extend a Loan is secured, if a Borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund’s security interest in the loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under the Loan to the interests of the Borrower’s unsecured creditors or cause interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If a court required interest to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund’s performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the Borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Borrower, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Borrower) in an amount which left the Borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or the Loan is subordinated to other debt of a Borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery; and perhaps no recovery; on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan.

Although not anticipated in the normal course, the Fund may occasionally acquire warrants and other equity securities as part of a unit combining a Loan and equity securities of a Borrower or its affiliates. The acquisition of such equity securities will only be incidental to the Fund’s purchase of a Loan. The Fund may also acquire equity securities or credit securities (including non-dollar denominated equity or credit securities) issued in exchange for a Loan or issued in connection with the debt restructuring or reorganization of a Borrower, or if such acquisition, in the judgment of the Adviser may enhance the value of a Loan or would otherwise be consistent with the Fund’s investment policies. Such warrants and equity securities will typically have limited value and there is no assurance that such securities will ever obtain value.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.

The Fund may purchase certain securities eligible for resale to qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to certain qualified

 

7


Table of Contents

institutional buyers. One effect of Rule 144A is that certain restricted securities may be considered liquid, though no assurance can be given that a liquid market for Rule 144A Securities will develop or be maintained. However, where a substantial market of qualified institutional buyers has developed for certain unregistered securities purchased by the Fund pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the Fund intends to treat such securities as liquid securities in accordance with procedures approved by the Fund’s board of trustees. Because it is not possible to predict with assurance how the market for Rule 144A Securities will develop, the Fund’s board of trustees has directed the Adviser to monitor carefully the Fund’s investments in such securities with particular regard to trading activity, availability of reliable price information and other relevant information. To the extent that, for a period of time, qualified institutional buyers cease purchasing restricted securities pursuant to Rule 144A, the Fund’s investing in such securities may have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in its investment portfolio during such period.

Other Fixed-Income Instruments

The Fund may invest in other fixed-income instruments, such as high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government securities. Corporate bonds and other fixed-income instruments are typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Underwriter”) for a group of investors (“Bond Investors”). The Underwriter typically administers and enforces the fixed-income instrument on behalf of the other Bond Investors. In addition, in secured fixed-income instrument offerings, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Bond Investors. The Fund may purchase assignments of fixed-income instruments either directly from the Underwriter of from a Bond Investor.

An issuer of fixed-income instruments must typically comply with the terms contained in an indenture or note purchase agreement between the issuer and the holders of the instruments (the “Bond Agreement”). These Bond Agreements generally detail the schedule of payments and also place certain restrictive financial and other covenants on the issuer, similar to those in Loan Agreements. The Underwriter typically administers the terms of the Bond Agreement on behalf of all holders of the instruments.

Fixed-income securities are generally subject to many of the same risks that affect Loans. However, holders of fixed-income bonds are generally subordinate to any existing lenders in the issuer’s capital structure and thus have a lower priority in payment than lenders.

Debtor-in Possession Financing

The Fund may invest in debtor-in-possession financings (commonly called “DIP financings”). DIP financings are arranged when an entity seeks the protections of the bankruptcy court under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under chapter 11. Such financings are senior liens on unencumbered security (i.e., security not subject to other creditors’ claims). There is a risk that the entity will not emerge from chapter 11 and be forced to liquidate its assets under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. In such event, the Fund’s only recourse will be against the property securing the DIP financing.

Bridge Loans

Bridge loans or bridge facilities are short-term loan arrangements (e.g., 12 to 18 months) typically made by a Borrower in anticipation of intermediate-term or long-term permanent financing. Most bridge loans are structured as floating-rate debt with step-up provisions under which the interest rate on the bridge loan rises the longer the loan remains outstanding. In addition, bridge loans commonly contain a conversion feature that allows the bridge loan investor to convert its loan interest into senior exchange notes if the loan has not been prepaid in full on or prior to its maturity date. Bridge loans may be subordinate to other debt and may be secured or unsecured. Like any loan, bridge loans involve credit risk. Bridge loans are generally made with the expectation

 

8


Table of Contents

that the Borrower will be able to obtain permanent financing in the near future. Any delay in obtaining permanent financing subjects the bridge loan investor to increased risk. A Borrower’s use of bridge loans also involves the risk that the Borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the Borrower’s perceived creditworthiness. From time to time, the Fund may make a commitment to participate in a bridge loan facility, obligating itself to participate in the facility if it funds. In return for this commitment, the Fund receives a fee.

Zero Coupon Bonds, Step-ups, Payment-in-Kind Securities and Original Issue Discount

Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations that do not require the periodic payment of interest and are issued at a significant discount from face value (“original issue discount”). The discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of purchase. The effect of owning debt obligations that do not make current interest payments is that a fixed yield is earned not only on the original investment but also, in effect, on all discount accretion during the life of the debt obligation. This implicit reinvestment of earnings at a fixed rate eliminates the risk of being unable to invest distributions at a rate as high as the implicit yield on the zero coupon bond, but at the same time eliminates the holder’s ability to reinvest at higher rates in the future. For this reason, zero coupon bonds may be subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market interest rates than are comparable securities that pay interest currently. Because original issue discount will be included in the Fund’s “investment company taxable income” for the year of the accrual, the Fund may be required to make distributions of any accrued original issue discount to shareholders to satisfy the annual distribution requirement applicable to regulated investment companies, even where the Fund has not received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, the Fund may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain favorable tax treatment. If the Fund is not able to obtain cash from other sources, and chooses not to make a qualifying share distribution, it may become subject to corporate-level income tax. A step-up bond is a bond with a coupon that increases (“steps up”), usually at regular intervals, while the bond is outstanding. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund may distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders. Bonds and preferred stocks that make “in-kind” payments and other securities that do not pay regular income distributions may experience greater volatility in response to interest rate changes and issuer developments. PIK securities generally carry higher interest rates compared to bonds that make cash payments of interest to reflect their payment deferral and increased credit risk. PIK securities generally involve significantly greater credit risk than coupon loans because the Fund receives no cash payments until the maturity date or a specified cash payment date. Even if accounting conditions are met for accruing income payable at a future date under a PIK bond, the issuer could still default when the collection date occurs at the maturity of or payment date for the PIK bond. PIK bonds may be difficult to value accurately because they involve ongoing judgments as to the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. If the issuer of a PIK security defaults the Fund may lose its entire investment. PIK interest has the effect of generating investment income and increasing the incentive fees, if any, payable at a compounding rate. Generally, the deferral of PIK interest will increase the loan to value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan or bond.

Convertible Securities

The Fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred security, or other security that entitles the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued or the dividend paid on such security until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before

 

9


Table of Contents

conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. A convertible security ranks senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but is usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be purchased for their appreciation potential when they yield more than the underlying securities at the time of purchase or when they are considered to present less risk of principal loss than the underlying securities. Generally speaking, the interest or dividend yield of a convertible security is somewhat less than that of a non-convertible security of similar quality issued by the same company. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.

Holders of convertible securities generally have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the common stockholders but may be subordinated to other debt securities of the same issuer. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the holder to cause the securities to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt securities under certain circumstances. Certain convertible securities may include loss absorption characteristics that make the securities more equity-like. This is particularly true of convertible securities issued by companies in the financial services sector.

Synthetic convertible securities may include either cash-settled convertibles or manufactured convertibles. Cash-settled convertibles are instruments that are created by the issuer and have the economic characteristics of traditional convertible securities but may not actually permit conversion into the underlying equity securities in all circumstances. As an example, a private company may issue a cash-settled convertible that is convertible into common stock only if the company successfully completes a public offering of its common stock prior to maturity and otherwise pays a cash amount to reflect any equity appreciation. Manufactured convertibles are created by the investment adviser or another party by combining separate securities that possess one of the two principal characteristics of a convertible security, i.e., fixed-income (“fixed-income component”) or a right to acquire equity securities (“convertibility component”). The fixed-income component is achieved by investing in nonconvertible fixed-income securities, such as nonconvertible bonds, preferred securities and money market instruments. The convertibility component is achieved by investing in call options, warrants, or other securities with equity conversion features (“equity features”) granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of the underlying stocks within a specified period of time at a specified price or, in the case of a stock index option, the right to receive a cash payment based on the value of the underlying stock index. A manufactured convertible differs from traditional convertible securities in several respects. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security that has a unitary market value, a manufactured convertible is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the total “market value” of such a manufactured convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertibility component. More flexibility is possible in the creation of a manufactured convertible than in the purchase of a traditional convertible security. Because many corporations have not issued convertible securities, the investment adviser may combine a fixed-income instrument and an equity feature with respect to the stock of the issuer of the fixed-income instrument to create a synthetic convertible security otherwise unavailable in the market. The investment adviser may also combine a fixed-income instrument of an issuer with an equity feature with respect to the stock of a different issuer when the investment adviser believes such a manufactured convertible would better promote the Fund’s objective than alternative investments. For example, the investment adviser may combine an equity feature with respect to an issuer’s stock with a fixed-income security of a different issuer in the same industry to diversify the Fund’s credit exposure, or with a U.S. Treasury instrument to create a manufactured convertible with a higher credit profile than a traditional convertible security issued by that issuer. A manufactured convertible also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately and, upon purchasing the separate securities, “combined” to create a manufactured convertible. For example, the Fund may purchase a warrant for eventual inclusion in a manufactured convertible while

 

10


Table of Contents

postponing the purchase of a suitable bond to pair with the warrant pending development of more favorable market conditions. The value of a manufactured convertible may respond to certain market fluctuations differently from a traditional convertible security with similar characteristics. For example, in the event the Fund created a manufactured convertible by combining a short-term U.S. Treasury instrument and a call option on a stock, the manufactured convertible would be expected to outperform a traditional convertible of similar maturity that is convertible into that stock during periods when Treasury instruments outperform corporate fixed-income securities and underperform during periods when corporate fixed-income securities outperform Treasury instruments.

Hybrid Securities

Hybrid securities generally possess characteristics common to both equity and debt securities. These securities may at times behave more like equity than debt, or vice versa. Preferred stocks, convertible securities and certain debt obligations are types of hybrid securities. Hybrid securities generally have a preference over common stock in the event of liquidation and perpetual or near perpetual terms at the time of issuance. Hybrid securities generally do not have voting rights or have limited voting rights. Because hybrid securities have both debt and equity characteristics, their values vary in response to many factors, including general market and economic conditions, issuer-specific events, changes in interest rates, credit spreads and the credit quality of the issuer, and, for convertible securities, factors affecting the securities into which they convert. Hybrid securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. Hybrid securities may pay a fixed or variable rate of interest or dividends. The prices and yields of nonconvertible hybrid securities generally move with changes in interest rates and the issuer’s credit quality, similar to the factors affecting debt securities. If the issuer of a hybrid security experiences financial difficulties, the value of such security may be adversely affected similar to the issuer’s outstanding common stock or subordinated debt instruments.

Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase

The Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Foreign Investments

The Fund may invest may invest in U.S. dollar denominated securities of non-U.S. issuers, including securities of emerging markets issuers; provided that the Fund will not invest in securities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Because foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a domestic company. Volume and liquidity in most foreign debt markets is less than in the United States and securities of some foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, broker-dealers and listed companies than in the United States. Mail service between the United States and foreign countries may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Payment for securities before delivery may be required. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as

 

11


Table of Contents

growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Foreign securities markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as those in the United States, and securities of some foreign issuers (particularly those located in developing countries) may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies.

In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, could be significant and far-reaching. In June 2016, the United Kingdom (UK) approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” which sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in global stock markets, and heightened risk of continued worldwide economic volatility. As a result of Brexit, there is considerable uncertainty as to the arrangements that will apply to the UK’s relationship with the EU and other countries leading up to, and following, its withdrawal. This long-term uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere. Further, the UK’s departure from the EU may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain European countries or sparking additional member states to contemplate departing the EU. In addition, Brexit creates the perception of additional economic stresses for the UK, including the view that there may be potential decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty, and possible declines in business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) may be purchased. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer and are alternatives to purchasing directly the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, they continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities. These risks include foreign exchange risk as well as the political and economic risks of the underlying issuer’s country. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be sponsored or unsponsored. Unsponsored receipts are established without the participation of the issuer. Unsponsored receipts may involve higher expenses, they may not pass through voting or other shareholder rights, and they may be less liquid.

Indexed Securities

The Fund may invest in securities that fluctuate in value with an index. Such securities generally will either be issued by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities or, if privately issued, collateralized by mortgages that are insured, guaranteed or otherwise backed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The interest rate or, in some cases, the principal payable at the maturity of an indexed security may change positively or inversely in relation to one or more interest rates, financial indices, securities prices or other financial indicators (“reference prices”). An indexed security may be leveraged to the extent that the magnitude of any change in the interest rate or principal payable on an indexed security is a multiple of the change in the reference price. Thus, indexed securities may decline in value due to adverse market changes in reference prices. Because indexed securities derive their value from another instrument, security or index, they are considered derivative debt securities, and are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension, interest rate and/or other market risks.

Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in pooled investment vehicles including other open-end or closed-end investment companies, exchange-traded funds (as defined below) and other collective investment pools in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Closed-end investment company securities are usually traded on an exchange. The demand for the closed-end fund securities is independent of the demand for the underlying portfolio assets, and accordingly, such securities can trade at a discount from their net asset values. The Fund generally will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees paid by a pooled investment vehicle in which it invests in addition to the investment advisory fee paid by the Fund.

 

12


Table of Contents

Exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) are pooled investment vehicles that are designed to provide investment results corresponding to an index. These indexes may be either broad-based, sector or international. ETFs usually are units of beneficial interest in an investment trust or represent undivided ownership interests in a portfolio of securities (or commodities), in each case with respect to a portfolio of all or substantially all of the component securities of, and in substantially the same weighting as, the relevant benchmark index. ETFs are designed to provide investment results that generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the component securities (or commodities) of the benchmark index. ETFs are listed on an exchange and trade in the secondary market on a per-share basis. The values of ETFs are subject to change as the values of their respective component securities (or commodities) fluctuate according to market volatility. Investments in ETFs may not exactly match the performance of a direct investment in the respective indices to which they are intended to correspond due to the temporary unavailability of certain index securities in the secondary market or other extraordinary circumstances, such as discrepancies with respect to the weighting of securities. Typically, the ETF bears its own operational expenses, which are deducted from its assets. To the extent that the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund must bear these expenses in addition to the expenses of its own operation.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities

For temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased will be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Short-term debt securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate. The recent economic crisis in the United States has negatively impacted government-sponsored entities, which include Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). As the real estate market has deteriorated through declining home prices and increasing foreclosure, government-sponsored entities, which back the majority of U.S mortgages have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed under a conservatorship of the U.S. federal government. Any Fund investments for temporary defensive purposes in securities issued by Federal Home Loan Banks and Fannie Mae may ultimately lose value. The Adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured by the FDIC.

 

13


Table of Contents

(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Adviser monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Adviser does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.

(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Adviser will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.

Other Portfolio Contents

Derivatives

General Limitations on Futures and Options Transactions. The Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” with the U.S. Commodities Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and the National Futures Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets. Pursuant to Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), the Fund is not subject to regulation as a commodity pool under the CEA.

Various exchanges and regulatory authorities have undertaken reviews of options and Futures trading in light of market volatility. Among the possible actions that have been presented are proposals to adopt new or more stringent daily price fluctuation limits for Futures and options transactions and proposals to increase the margin requirements for various types of futures transactions.

Asset Coverage for Futures and Options Positions. The Fund will comply with the regulatory requirements of the SEC and the CFTC with respect to coverage of options and Futures positions by registered investment companies and, if the guidelines so require, will segregate cash, U.S. government securities, high-grade liquid debt securities and/or other liquid assets permitted by the SEC and CFTC on the Fund’s records in the amount prescribed. Securities segregated on the Fund’s records cannot be sold while the Futures or options position is outstanding, unless replaced with other permissible assets, and will be marked-to-market daily.

 

14


Table of Contents

Options. The Fund may purchase put and call options on currencies or securities. A put option embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase from the option holder an underlying currency or security or its equivalent at a specified price. In contrast, a call option gives the purchaser the right to buy the underlying currency or security covered by the option or its equivalent from the writer of the option at the stated exercise price.

As a holder of a put option, the Fund will have the right to sell the securities underlying the option and as the holder of a call option, the Fund will have the right to purchase the currencies or securities underlying the option, in each case at their exercise price. An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option exercise period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration. A Bermudan style put or call option may be exercised at any time on fixed dates occurring during the term of the option. The Fund may seek to terminate its option positions prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The ability of the Fund to enter into a closing sale transaction depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.

Certain Considerations Regarding Options. The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. The purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The purchase of options involves the risk that the premium and transaction costs paid by the Fund in purchasing an option will be lost as a result of unanticipated movements in prices of the securities on which the option is based. Imperfect correlation between the options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of attempted hedging. Options transactions may result in significantly higher transaction costs and portfolio turnover for the Fund.

Some, but not all, of the derivative instruments may be traded and listed on an exchange. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular option at any particular time, and for some options, no secondary market on an exchange or elsewhere may exist. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options on securities that it has purchased, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the purchase and sale of the underlying securities.

Futures Contracts. The Fund may enter into securities-related futures contracts, including security futures contracts as an anticipatory hedge. The Fund may sell futures as an offset against the effect of expected declines in securities prices and purchase futures as an offset against the effect of expected increases in securities prices. The Fund will not enter into futures contracts which are prohibited under the CEA and will, to the extent required by regulatory authorities, enter only into futures contracts that are traded on exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. A security futures contract is a legally binding agreement between two parties to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of a security or of the component securities of a narrow-based security index, at a certain price. A person who buys a security futures contract enters into a contract to purchase an underlying security and is said to be “long” under the contract. A person who sells a security futures contact enters into a contract to sell the underlying security and is said to be “short” under the contract. The price at which the contract trades (the “contract price”) is determined by relative buying and selling interest on a regulated exchange.

Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. In order to enter into a security futures contract, the Fund must deposit funds with its custodian in the name of the futures commodities merchant equal to a specified percentage of the current market value of the contract as a performance bond. Moreover, all security futures contracts are marked-to-market at least daily, usually after the close of trading. At that time, the account of each buyer and seller reflects the amount of any

 

15


Table of Contents

gain or loss on the security futures contract based on the contract price established at the end of the day for settlement purposes.

An open position, either a long or short position, is closed or liquidated by entering into an offsetting transaction (i.e., an equal and opposite transaction to the one that opened the position) prior to the contract expiration. Traditionally, most futures contracts are liquidated prior to expiration through an offsetting transaction and, thus, holders do not incur a settlement obligation. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a gain will be realized. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a gain will be realized; if it is less, a loss will be realized. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If the Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract and the Fund may not be able to realize a gain in the value of its future position or prevent losses from mounting. This inability to liquidate could occur, for example, if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the security futures contract or the underlying security; if trading is halted due to recent news events involving the issuer of the underlying security; if systems failures occur on an exchange or at the firm carrying the position; or, if the position is on an illiquid market. Even if the Fund can liquidate its position, it may be forced to do so at a price that involves a large loss.

Under certain market conditions, it may also be difficult or impossible to manage the risk from open security futures positions by entering into an equivalent but opposite position in another contract month, on another market, or in the underlying security. This inability to take positions to limit the risk could occur, for example, if trading is halted across markets due to unusual trading activity in the security futures contract or the underlying security or due to recent news events involving the issuer of the underlying security.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures contract position. The Fund would continue to be required to meet margin requirements until the position is closed, possibly resulting in a decline in the Fund’s NAV. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

Security futures contracts that are not liquidated prior to expiration must be settled in accordance with the terms of the contract. Some security futures contracts are settled by physical delivery of the underlying security At the expiration of a security futures contract that is settled through physical delivery, a person who is “long” under the contract must pay the final settlement price set by the regulated exchange or the clearing organization and take delivery of the underlying securities. Conversely, a person who is “short” under the contract must make delivery of the underlying securities in exchange for the final settlement price. Settlement with physical delivery may involve additional costs.

Other security futures contracts are settled through cash settlement. In this case, the underlying securities are not delivered. Instead, any positions in such security futures contracts that are open at the end of the last trading day are settled through a final cash payment based on a final settlement price determined by the exchange or clearing organization. Once this payment is made, neither party has any further obligations on the contract.

As noted above, margin is the amount of funds that must be deposited by the Fund in order to initiate futures trading and to maintain the Fund’s open positions in futures contracts. A margin deposit is intended to ensure the Fund’s performance of the futures contract. The margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the futures contract is traded and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the futures contract.

If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not

 

16


Table of Contents

satisfy margin requirements, the broker will require an increase in the margin. However, if the value of a position increases because of favorable price changes in the futures contract so that the margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the broker will pay the excess to the Fund. In computing daily NAV, the Fund will mark to market the current value of its open futures contracts. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures contracts trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the futures contracts were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount initially invested in the futures contract. However, the Fund would presumably have sustained comparable losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had invested in the underlying financial instrument and sold it after the decline.

In addition to the foregoing, imperfect correlation between the futures contracts and the underlying securities may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. Under certain market conditions, the prices of security futures contracts may not maintain their customary or anticipated relationships to the prices of the underlying security or index. These pricing disparities could occur, for example, when the market for the security futures contract is illiquid, when the primary market for the underlying security is closed, or when the reporting of transactions in the underlying security has been delayed.

In addition, the value of a position in security futures contracts could be affected if trading is halted in either the security futures contract or the underlying security. In certain circumstances, regulated exchanges are required by law to halt trading in security futures contracts. For example, trading on a particular security futures contract must be halted if trading is halted on the listed market for the underlying security as a result of pending news, regulatory concerns, or market volatility. Similarly, trading of a security futures contract on a narrow-based security index must be halted under circumstances where trading is halted on securities accounting for at least 50% of the market capitalization of the index. In addition, regulated exchanges are required to halt trading in all security futures contracts for a specified period of time when the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) experiences one-day declines of 10%, 20% and 30%. The regulated exchanges may also have discretion under their rules to halt trading in other circumstances, such as when the exchange determines that the halt would be advisable in maintaining a fair and orderly market.

A trading halt, either by a regulated exchange that trades security futures or an exchange trading the underlying security or instrument, could prevent the Fund from liquidating a position in security futures contracts in a timely manner, which could expose the Fund to a loss.

Each regulated exchange trading a security futures contract may also open and close for trading at different times than other regulated exchanges trading security futures contracts or markets trading the underlying security or securities. Trading in security futures contracts prior to the opening or after the close of the primary market for the underlying security may be less liquid than trading during regular market hours.

Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into swap agreements. A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates, where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swaps are individually negotiated and may be structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, commodity prices, non-U.S. currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices, indexes or inflation rates.

 

17


Table of Contents

Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of the Fund and its share price. The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement would likely decline, potentially resulting in losses.

Generally, swap agreements have fixed maturity dates that are agreed upon by the parties to the swap. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only under limited circumstances, such as default by or insolvency of one of the parties and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party unless otherwise agreed by the parties. The Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counterparty is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, the Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the contract.

A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify the Fund’s gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, the Fund will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according to guidelines established by the SEC. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will be required to segregate assets on the Fund’s records with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will be required to segregate assets on the Fund’s records with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement.

The Fund will monitor any swaps with a view towards ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulatory investment and tax requirements.

Equity Swaps. In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a security, security index or basket of securities in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, the index receiver can gain exposure to securities making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those securities. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the interest that the Fund will be committed to pay under the swap.

When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities

The Fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis in order to acquire the security or to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Fund will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Fund disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Fund enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid credit securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Fund. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Fund may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Fund as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.

 

18


Table of Contents

Securities purchased on a forward commitment or when-issued basis are subject to changes in value (generally changing in the same way, i.e., appreciating when interest rates decline and depreciating when interest rates rise) based upon the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, actual or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Securities purchased with a forward commitment or when-issued basis may expose the Fund to risks because they may experience such fluctuations prior to their actual delivery. Purchasing securities on a when-issued basis can involve the additional risks that the yield available in the market when the delivery takes place actually may be higher than that obtained in the transaction itself. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment or when-issued basis when the Fund is fully invested may result in greater potential fluctuation in the value of the Fund’s net assets and its net asset value per share.

The risks and effect of settlements in the ordinary course on the Fund’s net asset value are not the same as the risks and effect of when-issued and forward commitment securities.

The purchase price of when-issued and forward commitment securities are expressed in yield terms, which reference a floating rate of interest, and is therefore subject to fluctuations of the security’s value in the market from the date of the Fund’s commitment (the “Commitment Date”) to the date of the actual delivery and payment for such securities (the “Settlement Date”). There is a risk that, on the Settlement Date, the Fund’s payment of the final purchase price, which is calculated on the yield negotiated on the Commitment Date, will be higher than the market’s valuation of the security on the Settlement Date. This same risk is also borne if the Fund disposes of its right to acquire a when-issued security, or its right to deliver or receive, a forward commitment security, and there is a downward market movement in the value of the security from the Commitment Date to the Settlement Date. No income accrues to the Fund during the period from the Commitment Date to the Settlement Date. On the other hand, the Fund may incur a gain if the Fund invests in when-issued and forward commitment securities and correctly anticipates the rise in interest rates and prices in the market.

The settlements of secondary market purchases of Loans in the ordinary course, on a settlement date beyond the period expected by loan market participants (i.e. T+7 for par loans and T+20 for distressed loans, in other words more than seven or twenty business days beyond the trade date, respectively) are subject to the delayed compensation mechanics prescribed by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association (“LSTA”). For par loans, income accrues to the buyer of the Loan (the “Buyer”) during the period beginning on the last date by which the Loan purchase should have settled (T+7) to and including the actual settlement date. Should settlement of a par Loan purchase in the secondary market be delayed beyond the T+7 period prescribed by the LSTA, the Buyer is typically compensated for such delay through a payment from the seller of the Loan (this payment may be netted from the wire released on settlement date for the purchase price of the Loan paid by the Buyer). In brief, the adjustment is typically calculated by multiplying the notional amount of the trade by the applicable margin in the Loan Agreement pro rated for the number of business days (calculated using a year of 360 days) beyond the settlement period prescribed by the LSTA, plus any amendment or consent fees that the Buyer should have received. Furthermore, the purchase of a Loan in the secondary market is typically negotiated and finalized pursuant to a binding trade confirmation, and therefore, the risk of non-delivery of the security to the Fund is reduced or eliminated when compared with such risk when investing in when-issued or forward commitment securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the

 

19


Table of Contents

purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is nevertheless still obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.

If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Fund’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Adviser, presents minimal credit risk. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Fund might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Fund may be delayed or limited. The Adviser will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Adviser will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.

 

20


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Board of Trustees

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund, including oversight of the Adviser, is vested in the Board of Trustees. Each member of the Board of Trustees shall hold office until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of considering the election of Trustees.

Below is a list of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their present positions and principal occupations during the past five years. The business address of the Fund, the Adviser and their board members and officers is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, unless specified otherwise below.

 

Name and Year of Birth

  

Position(s)

Held With

Registrant

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation

During the Past Five Years

   Number of
Portfolios

in Fund
Complex
Overseen

by the
Trustee
   Other
Directorships
Held by the
Trustee During
the Past Five
Years
NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES:               
INTERESTED TRUSTEES(1):               

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

    Birth Year: 1963

   Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Trustee    Since Inception    Mr. Smith is a Senior Managing Director of GSO and is Head of GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC. Mr. Smith joined GSO from the Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Co-head of RBC Capital Market’s Alternative Investments Unit.    4    —  

 

(1) “Interested person” of the Fund as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Smith is an interested person due to his employment with the Adviser.

Experience of Trustees

Mr. Smith, is an executive with portfolio manager and leadership roles within GSO and Blackstone.

Share Ownership

Set forth in the table below is the dollar range of equity securities held in the Fund and on an aggregate basis for the entire Family of Investment Companies overseen by each Trustee as of , 2017. Investment companies are considered to be in the same family if they share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range(1) of
Equity Securities in
the Fund
     Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities Overseen
by trustees in the
Family of
Registered
Investment
Companies(2)
 

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

     

INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

     

Daniel H. Smith, Jr

     —        over $ 100,000  

 

21


Table of Contents

 

(1) “Beneficial Ownership” is determined in accordance with Section 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).
(2) The term “Family of Registered Investment Companies” refers to all registered investment companies advised by the Adviser or an affiliate board.

Trustee Transactions with Fund Affiliates

As of                 , 2017, none of the independent trustees, meaning those Trustees who are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (each an “Independent Trustee” and collectively the “Independent Trustees”), nor members of their immediate families owned securities, beneficially or of record, in GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Adviser”), or an affiliate or person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser, other than investments in the Funds and investments in affiliated investment vehicles that, pursuant to guidance from the SEC Staff, do not affect such Trustee’s independence. Furthermore, over the past five years, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate families have had any direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, in the Adviser or any of its affiliates. In addition, since the beginning of the last two fiscal years, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate families have conducted any transactions (or series of transactions) or maintained any direct or indirect relationship in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and to which the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser was a party

Compensation of Trustees

The fees and expenses of the trustees of the Fund are paid by the Fund. The trustee who is a member of the Blackstone organization receive no compensation from the Fund. It is estimated that the independent trustees will receive from the Fund the amounts set forth below for the Fund’s calendar year ending December 31, 2017, assuming the Fund will have been in existence for the full calendar year.

 

Name of Trustee

   Estimated
Compensation from
the Fund
     Total Compensation
from the Fund and
Fund Complex Paid
to Board Members
 

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

     

INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

     

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

   $ 0      $ 0  

Each Fund paid every Trustee who is not a director, officer, employee, or affiliate of GSO or ALPS, a retainer fee of $23,333 per annum, plus $2,500 per regular in-person joint meeting of the Board of Trustees. If such in-person regular board meeting was not held jointly, the respective Fund paid each Trustee $3,000 for each such meeting attended. For each in-person special meeting of the Board of Trustees, each Fund paid each Trustee $2,000 if held jointly, and $2,500 per applicable Fund if not held jointly. If a meeting was held telephonically the Funds paid each Trustee $750 if held jointly, and $1,000 per applicable Fund if not held jointly. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee also each received a retainer fee of $3,333 per annum from each Fund. The Lead Independent Trustee received a retainer fee of $4,667 from each Fund. In addition, for each joint meeting of a committee of the Board of Trustees that did not occur on a regular meeting or special meeting of the Funds, the Funds each paid every committee member $750 for each such committee meeting attended. If such committee meeting was not held jointly, the respective Fund paid each committee member $1,000 for each such meeting attended. The Funds also reimburse independent Trustees for travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such meetings.

 

22


Table of Contents

Board Committees

The board of trustees of the Fund currently has two committees: an Audit Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Audit Committee consists of                . The Audit Committee acts according to the Audit Committee charter (the “Audit Committee Charter”).                has been appointed as Chair of the Audit Committee of the Fund’s Board of Trustees. The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Trustees in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to accounting and financial reporting policies and practices of the Fund, including, but not limited to, the adequacy of the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting processes, policies and practices; the integrity of the Fund’s financial statements; the adequacy of the Fund’s overall system of internal controls; the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the qualification and independence of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; and the performance of the Fund’s internal audit function provided by the Adviser and the Fund’s other service providers. The independent accountant is ultimately accountable to the Fund’s Board of Trustees and Audit Committee, as representatives of the Fund’s shareholders. The independent accountant for the Fund reports directly to the Audit Committee. The Fund’s Board of Trustees adopted an Audit Committee Charter at its organizational meeting.

The Nominating and Governance Committee consists of                . The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates for election as Trustees to the Board of Trustees of the Fund.                 serves as Chairman of each Nominating and Governance Committee. When vacancies or creations occur, the Nominating and Governance Committee will consider Trustee candidates recommended by a variety of sources to nominate for election by the Fund’s shareholders. The Nominating and Governance Committee may accept nominees recommended by a shareholder as it deems appropriate. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee for the Board of Trustees should send recommendations to the Fund’s Secretary at 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154 and include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board of Trustees and to serve if elected by the shareholders. In considering Trustee candidates, the Nominating and Governance Committee will take into consideration the interest of shareholders, the needs of the Board of Trustees and the Trustee candidate’s qualifications, which include but are not limited to, the quality and diversity of the individual’s professional experience, education, individual qualification or skills.

Risk Oversight

The Board of Trustees’ role in risk oversight of the Fund reflects its responsibility under applicable state law to oversee generally, rather than to manage, the operations of the Fund. In line with its oversight responsibility, the Board of Trustees receives reports and makes inquiries at its regular meetings and as needed regarding the nature and extent of significant Fund risks (including investment, compliance and valuation risks) that potentially could have a materially adverse impact on the business operations, investment performance or reputation of the Fund, but relies upon the Fund’s management (including the Fund’s portfolio managers) and Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Board of Trustees, and the Adviser to assist it in identifying and understanding the nature and extent of such risks and determining whether, and to what extent, such risks may be eliminated or mitigated. In addition to reports and other information received from Fund management and the Adviser regarding the Fund’s investment program and activities, the Board of Trustees as part of its risk oversight efforts expects to meet at its regular meetings and as needed with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss, among other things, risk issues and issues regarding the policies, procedures and controls of the Fund. The Board of Trustees may be assisted in performing aspects of its role in risk oversight by the Audit Committee and such other standing or special committees as may be established from time to time by the Board of Trustees. For example, the Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees will meet regularly with the Fund’s independent public accounting firm to review, among other things, reports on the Fund’s internal controls for financial reporting.

 

23


Table of Contents

The Board of Trustees believes that not all risks that may affect the Funds can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Funds’ goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters may be summaries of relevant information and may be inaccurate or incomplete. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board of Trustees’ risk management oversight is expected to be subject to substantial limitations.

Officers of the Fund

The Fund’s executive officers will be chosen each year at a regular meeting of the board of trustees to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. The executive officers of the Fund currently are:

 

Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held

with Registrant

 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served

 

Principal Occupation

During the Past Five Years

  Number of
Registered
Investment
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

    Birth Year: 1963

  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Trustee   Since Inception   Mr. Smith is a Senior Managing Director of GSO and is Head of GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC. Mr. Smith joined GSO from the Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Co-head of RBC Capital Market’s Alternative Investments Unit.   4

Dohyun (Doris) Lee-Silvestri

    Birth Year: 1977

  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   Since Inception   Doris Lee-Silvestri is a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of GSO. At GSO, Ms. Lee-Silvestri was most recently the head of the fund accounting and financial reporting group. Before joining GSO in 2006, Ms. Lee-Silvestri held a variety of positions at Merrill Lynch Investment Advisors and JP Morgan Partners within the respective finance and accounting teams. In addition, Ms. Lee-Silvestri worked at McGladrey LLP, a global public accounting firm.   4

Robert Zable

    Birth Year: 1972

  Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Since Inception   Mr. Zable a Senior Managing Director of GSO. Before joining GSO, Mr. Zable was a Vice President at FriedbergMilstein LLC, where he was responsible for credit opportunity investments and junior capital origination and execution. Prior to that, Mr. Zable was a Principal with Abacus Advisors Group, a restructuring and distressed investment firm. Mr. Zable began his career at JP Morgan Securities Inc., where he focused on leveraged   4

 

24


Table of Contents

Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held

with Registrant

 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served

 

Principal Occupation

During the Past Five Years

  Number of
Registered
Investment
Companies in
Fund Complex
Overseen
      finance in New York and London. Mr. Zable received a BS from Cornell University, and an MBA in Finance from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.  

Marisa J. Beeney

    Birth Year: 1970

  Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   Since Inception   Ms. Beeney is a Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of GSO. From March 2007 to December 2008, she served as Counsel and Director of GSO. Prior to that time she was with the finance group of DLA Piper since 2005.   4

Jane Lee

    Birth Year: 1972

  Public Relations Officer   Since Inception   Ms. Lee is a Managing Director of GSO and Head of GSO / Blackstone’s capital formation efforts. Ms. Lee joined GSO from Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005, where she was most recently a partner in the Debt Investments Group and was responsible for origination of new CLO transactions and investor relations.   4

The Fund’s officers do not receive compensation from the Fund, but are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings of the board of trustees.

The Adviser

GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser and also provides administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. The Adviser, a wholly-controlled subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, “GSO”), is a registered investment adviser. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates, “Blackstone”), which is a leading global manager of private capital. The alternative asset management business includes the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, real estate investment trusts, funds of hedge funds, hedge funds, credit-focused funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and registered investment companies. Blackstone’s business is organized into four segments: private equity, real estate, hedge fund solutions and credit. Through its different investment businesses, as of March 31, 2017, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $368.2 billion. As of March 31, 2017, GSO’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $93.1 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt and private equity, including hedge funds.

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, the Adviser manages the Fund’s investment portfolio, directs purchases and sales of portfolio securities and reports thereon to the Fund’s officers and trustees regularly. The Adviser or its parent also provides the office space, facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to perform the following services for the Fund: SEC compliance, including record keeping, reporting requirements and registration statements and proxies; supervision of Fund operations, including coordination of functions of the transfer agent, custodian, accountants, counsel and other parties performing services or

 

25


Table of Contents

operational functions for the Fund; and certain administrative and clerical services, including certain accounting services and maintenance of certain books and records.

The investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser was approved by the Fund’s board of trustees, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party (in such capacity, the “independent trustees”), in principle at an “in person” meeting held on                 , 2017. The agreement was approved by the sole Common Shareholder of the Fund on                 , 2017.

The investment advisory agreement provides for the Fund to pay a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the Fund’s net assets.

The investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Fund’s board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the independent trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Fund (upon the vote of a majority of the Fund’s board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote) or by the Adviser, upon not more than 60 nor less than 30 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder).

The investment advisory agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Adviser is not liable to the Fund or any of the Fund’s shareholders for any act or omission by the Adviser in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Fund or the Fund’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Fund of the Adviser, its trustees, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Fund, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

Although the professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to the management of the Fund as the Adviser deems appropriate to perform its duties in accordance with the investment advisory agreement and in accordance with reasonable commercial standards, the professional staff of the Adviser may have conflicts in allocating its time and services among the Fund and the Adviser’s other investment vehicles and accounts. The Adviser has informed the board of trustees that the services of the Adviser are not exclusive, and the Adviser provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment advisory agreement by the board of trustees will be available in the Fund’s first report to shareholders.

Administrator

                , located at                 , serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the Administration Agreement,                 maintains the Fund’s general ledger and is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the Common Shares, and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund.                 is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of     % of the Fund’s average daily net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $            , plus out-of-pocket expenses.

 

26


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers

Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information.

The table below identifies the number of accounts (other than the Fund) for which the Fund’s portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated as of                , 2017.

As of                , 2017, Daniel H. Smith, Jr. managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 

     Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

           

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

           

Other Accounts

           

As of                 , 2017, Robert Zable managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 

     Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

           

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

           

Other Accounts

           

As of                 , 2017, Daniel T. McMullen managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 

     Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

           

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

           

Other Accounts

           

As of                 , 2017, Gordon McKemie managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 

     Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

           

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

           

Other Accounts

           

 

27


Table of Contents

As of                 , 2017, Robert Post managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 

     Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

           

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

           

Other Accounts

           

Portfolio Manager Compensation

The Adviser’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary and a discretionary bonus.

Base Compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation and employee benefits based on their individual seniority and/or their position with the firm.

Discretionary Compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation. Discretionary compensation is based on individual seniority, contributions to the Adviser and performance of the client assets that the portfolio manager has primary responsibility for. These compensation guidelines are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the Adviser and its clients.

Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers

The Fund is a newly-organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned any securities issued by the Fund.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The purchase of Common Shares in the Fund involves a number of significant risks that should be considered before making any investment. The Fund and Common Shareholders will be subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest involving the Firm. In addition, as a consequence of Blackstone holding a controlling interest in GSO and Blackstone’s status as a public company, the officers, directors, members, managers and employees of GSO will take into account certain additional considerations and other factors in connection with the management of the business and affairs of the Fund that would not necessarily be taken into account if Blackstone were not a public company. The following discussion enumerates certain, but not all, potential conflicts of interest that should be carefully evaluated before making an investment in the Fund, but is not intended to be an exclusive list of all such conflicts. The Firm and its personnel may in the future engage in further activities that may result in additional conflicts of interest not addressed below. Any references to the Firm, GSO, Blackstone, the Adviser in this section will be deemed to include their respective affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors and employees, except that portfolio companies of managed clients shall only be included to the extent the context shall require and references to GSO affiliates shall only be to affiliates operating as a part of Blackstone’s credit focused business group.

Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities. The Firm engages in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of its business activities, the Firm will engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the

 

28


Table of Contents

Firm or the interests of its clients will conflict with the interests of the Common Shareholders in the Fund. Other present and future activities of the Firm will give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, the Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflict in a fair and equitable manner. The Adviser will have the power to resolve, or consent to the resolution of, conflicts of interest on behalf of, and such resolution will be binding on, the Fund, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. Common Shareholders should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the Fund’s interests.

The Firm’s Policies and Procedures. Certain policies and procedures implemented by the Firm to mitigate potential conflicts of interest and address certain regulatory requirements and contractual restrictions will from time to time reduce the synergies across the Firm’s various businesses that the Fund expects to draw on for purposes of pursuing attractive investment opportunities. Because the Firm has many different asset management and advisory businesses, it is subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest, greater regulatory oversight and more legal and contractual restrictions than that to which it would otherwise be subject if it had just one line of business. In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, the Firm has implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls) that reduce the positive synergies that GSO may to utilize for purposes of managing the Fund. For example, the Firm will from time to time come into possession of material non-public information with respect to companies in which the Fund may be considering making an investment or companies that are the Firm’s advisory clients. As a consequence, that information, which could be of benefit to the Fund, is likely to be restricted to those other businesses and otherwise be unavailable to the Fund, and will also restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, the Firm may restrict or otherwise limit the Fund from entering into agreements with, or related to, companies that either are advisory clients of the Firm or in which any fund of the Firm has invested or has considered making an investment. Furthermore, there will be circumstances in which affiliates of the Firm (including Other Clients) may refrain from taking certain confidential information in order to avoid trading restrictions. Finally, the Firm has and will enter into one or more strategic relationships in certain regions or with respect to certain types of investments that, although possibly intended to provide greater opportunities for the Fund, may require the Fund to share such opportunities or otherwise limit the amount of an opportunity the Fund can otherwise take.

Other Fees. The Adviser may receive fees from issuers or other third parties as compensation for the arranging, underwriting, syndication or refinancing of an investment or other additional fees, including acquisition fees, loan modification or restructuring fees, servicing (including loan servicing and special servicing) fees, administrative and/or accounting fees, and fees for advisory or asset, loan/asset management services, fees for monitoring and oversight of loans, finance matters and/or title insurance provided to issuers and/or third parties, advisory, restructuring, consulting, monitoring, commitment, syndication, origination, organizational and financing, divestment and other services. In addition, in certain cases, the Adviser may receive fees, from or with respect to the Fund’s investments and/or issuers and from unconsummated transactions, including net break-up and topping fees, net commitment fees, net transaction fees, net monitoring fees (including termination fees relating to monitoring agreements), directors’ fees and net organization, financing, divestment and similar fees. In addition, the Adviser may receive fees associated with capital invested by co-investors relating to investments in which the Fund participates or otherwise, in connection with a joint venture in which the Fund participates or otherwise with respect to assets or other interests retained by a seller or other commercial counterparty with respect to which the Adviser performs services. In the event break-up or topping fees are paid to Blackstone in connection with a transaction that is not ultimately consummated, co-investment vehicles that invest alongside the Fund will generally not be allocated any share of such break-up or topping fees; similarly, such co-investment vehicles generally do not bear their share of broken deal expenses (such as forfeited deposits, extraordinary expenses such as litigation costs and judgments and other expenses) for unconsummated transactions and such costs and expenses will generally be borne by the shareholders. Such other fees may give rise to conflicts of interest in connection with the Fund’s investment activities, and while the Adviser will seek to resolve any such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner, there is no assurance that any such conflicts will be resolved in favor of the Fund.

 

29


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transactions relating to the Fund that require the use of a service provider will generally be allocated to service providers on the basis of best execution, the evaluation of which includes, among other considerations, such service provider’s provision of certain investment-related services and research that the Adviser believes to be of benefit to the Fund. Any such service provider transaction would also be entered into only to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Advisors and service providers, or their affiliates, often charge different rates or have different arrangements for different types of services. Certain service providers may provide services to both the Fund and to Blackstone under a single arrangement or separate arrangements. To the extent services are provided under a single arrangement, the Fund will bear expenses under the arrangement in proportion to its assets under management or another method vis-à-vis other Blackstone under the same arrangement. With respect to service providers, for example, the fee for a given type of work may vary depending on the complexity of the matter as well as the expertise required and demands placed on the service provider. Therefore, to the extent the types of services used by the Fund are different from those used by Blackstone or the Adviser may pay different amounts or rates than those paid by the Fund.

Senior Advisors, Industry Experts and Operating Partners. GSO may engage and retain strategic advisors, consultants, senior advisors, executive advisors, industry experts, operating partners, consultants, and other similar professionals (which may include former employees of Blackstone and/or GSO, as well as current employees of Blackstone’s and/or GSO’s portfolio companies) (“Senior and Other Advisors”) who are not employees or affiliates of GSO and who, from time to time, receive payments from, or allocations of a profits interest with respect to, portfolio companies (as well as from GSO or the Fund). In such circumstances, such payments from, or allocations of a profits interest with respect to, portfolio companies and/or the Fund may be treated as expenses of the Fund and will not, even if they have the effect of reducing any retainers or minimum amounts otherwise payable by GSO, be deemed paid to or received by GSO, and such amounts will not be subject to any offset provisions. Subject to the 1940 Act and as described above, these Senior and Other Advisors may have the right or may be offered the ability to co-invest alongside the Fund, including in the specific investments in which they are involved (and for which they may be entitled to receive performance-related incentive fees, which will reduce the Fund’s returns), or to otherwise participate in equity plans for management of any such portfolio company, or to invest directly in the Fund, including after the termination of their engagement by or other status with the Firm. Additionally, and notwithstanding the foregoing, these Senior and Other Advisors, as well as other Blackstone clients may be (or have the preferred right to be) investors in GSO’s portfolio companies (which, in some cases, may involve agreements to pay performance fees to such persons in connection with the Fund’s investment therein, which will reduce the Fund’s returns) and/or Other Clients. The nature of the relationship with each of the Senior and Other Advisors and the amount of time devoted or required to be devoted by them varies considerably. In certain cases, they may provide GSO with industry-specific insights and feedback on investment themes, assist in transaction due diligence, make introductions to and provide reference checks on management teams. In other cases, they take on more extensive roles and serve as executives or directors on the boards of portfolio companies or contribute to the origination of new investment opportunities. In certain instances, GSO has formal arrangements with these Senior and Other Advisors (which may or may not be terminable upon notice by any party), and in other cases the relationships are more informal. They are either compensated (including pursuant to retainers and expense reimbursement, and, in any event, pursuant to negotiated arrangements that will not be confirmed as being comparable to the market rates for such services) by GSO, the Fund, and/or portfolio companies or otherwise uncompensated unless and until an engagement with a portfolio company develops. In certain cases, they have certain attributes of GSO “employees” (e.g., they may have dedicated offices at GSO, participate in general meetings and events for GSO personnel, work on GSO matters as their primary or sole business activity, etc.) even though they are not considered GSO employees, affiliates or personnel for purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and GSO. There can be no assurance that any of the Senior and Other Advisors will continue to serve in such roles and/or continue their arrangements with GSO, the Fund and/or any portfolio companies throughout the term of the Fund.

Other Firm Businesses, Activities and Relationships. As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory and other services. In addition, Blackstone and its affiliates may

 

30


Table of Contents

provide services in the future beyond those currently provided. Common Shareholders will not receive any benefit from such fees. In the regular course of its capital markets, investment banking, real estate, advisory and other businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with respect to transactions that could give rise to investments that are suitable for the Fund. In such a case, a Blackstone client would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf. This advisory client request may preclude all Blackstone-affiliated clients, including the Fund, from participating in related transactions that would otherwise be suitable. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. In connection with its capital markets, investment banking, real estate, advisory and other businesses, Blackstone comes into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions. The Fund’s activities are expected to be constrained as a result of the inability of Blackstone personnel to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone from time to time are prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the Fund’s investment team. Additionally, there are expected to be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with Blackstone affiliates (including clients) will be precluded from providing services related to the Fund’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone (e.g., trading may be restricted). Where Blackstone affiliates are engaged to find buyers or financing sources for potential sellers of assets, the seller may permit the Fund to act as a participant in such transactions (as a financing partner), which would raise certain conflicts of interest inherent in such a situation (including as to the negotiation of the purchase price). The Firm has long-term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Fund, the Adviser will consider those relationships and may decline to participate in a transaction as a result of one or more of such relationships. The Firm is under no obligation to decline any engagements or investments in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. The Fund may be forced to sell or hold existing investments as a result of investment banking relationships or other relationships that the Firm may have or transactions or investments the Firm may make or have made. Subject to the 1940 Act, the Fund may also co-invest with clients of the Firm in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by the Adviser with respect to such investments. There can be no assurance that all potentially suitable investment opportunities that come to the attention of the Firm will be made available to the Fund.

The Fund may invest in securities of the same issuers as Other Clients or other investment vehicles, accounts and clients of the Firm, the Adviser and GSO. To the extent that the Fund holds interests that are different (or more senior or junior) than those held by such Other Clients, the Adviser may be presented with decisions involving circumstances where the interests of such Other Clients are in conflict with those of the Fund. Furthermore, it is possible the Fund’s interest may be subordinated or otherwise adversely affected by virtue of such Other Client’s involvement and actions relating to its investment. Blackstone will from time to time participate in underwriting or lending syndicates with respect to current or potential portfolio companies, or may otherwise be involved in the public offering and/or private placement of debt or equity securities issued by, or loan proceeds borrowed by, such portfolio companies, or otherwise in arranging financing (including loans) for such portfolio companies or advise on such transactions. Such underwritings or engagements may be on a firm commitment basis or may be on an uncommitted “best efforts” basis. There may also be circumstances in which the Fund commits to purchase any portion of such issuance from the portfolio company that a Blackstone broker-dealer intends to syndicate to third parties and, in connection therewith and as a result thereof, Blackstone may receive commissions or other compensation. In certain cases, a Blackstone broker-dealer will from time to time act as the managing underwriter or a member of the underwriting syndicate and purchase securities from the Fund or such portfolio companies or advise on such transactions.

The Adviser will also from time to time, on behalf of the Fund or other parties to a transaction involving the Fund, effect transactions, including transactions in the secondary markets where it will from time to time nonetheless have a potential conflict of interest regarding the Fund and the other parties to those transactions to the extent it receives commissions or other compensation from the Fund and/or such other parties. Subject to

 

31


Table of Contents

applicable law, Blackstone will from time to time receive underwriting fees, discounts, placement commissions, lending arrangement and syndication fees (or, in each case, rebates of any such fees, whether in the form of purchase price discounts or otherwise, even in cases where Blackstone or an Other Client is purchasing debt) or other compensation with respect to the foregoing activities, none of which are required to be shared with the Fund or its Common Shareholders. In addition, the advisory fee generally will not be reduced by such amounts. Therefore, Blackstone will from time to time have a potential conflict of interest regarding the Fund and the other parties to those transactions to the extent it receives commissions, discounts or such other compensation from such other parties. The Adviser will approve any transactions in which a Blackstone broker-dealer acts as an underwriter, as broker for the Fund, or as dealer, broker or advisor, on the other side of a transaction with the Fund only where the Adviser believes in good faith that such transactions are appropriate for the Fund. Firm employees, including employees of GSO, are generally permitted to invest in alternative investment funds, real estate funds, hedge funds or other investment vehicles, including potential competitors of the Fund. Common Shareholders will not receive any benefit from any such investments. Additionally, it can be expected that GSO and/or Blackstone will, from time to time, enter into arrangements or strategic relationships with third parties, including other asset managers, financial firms or other businesses or companies, which, among other things, provide for referral or sharing of investment opportunities. It is possible that the Fund will, along with GSO and/or Blackstone itself, benefit from the existence of those arrangements and/or relationships. It is also possible that investment opportunities that otherwise would be presented to or made by the Fund would instead be referred (in whole or in part) to such third party. For example, a firm with which GSO and/or Blackstone has entered into a strategic relationship may be afforded with “first-call” rights on a particular category of investment opportunities.

On October 1, 2015 Blackstone spun-off its financial and strategic advisory services, restructuring and reorganization advisory services, and its Park Hill fund placement businesses and combined these businesses with PJT Partners, an independent financial advisory firm founded by Paul J. Taubman. While the new combined business will operate independently from Blackstone and will not be an affiliate thereof, nevertheless conflicts may arise in connection with transactions between or involving the Fund and the entities in which it invests on the one hand and the spun-off firm on the other. Specifically, given that the spun-off firm will not be an affiliate of Blackstone, there may be fewer or no restrictions or limitations placed on transactions or relationships engaged in by the new advisory business as compared to the limitations or restrictions that might apply to transactions engaged in by an affiliate of Blackstone. It is expected that there will be substantial overlapping ownership between Blackstone and the spun-off firm for a considerable period of time going forward. Therefore, conflicts of interest in doing transactions involving the spun-off firm will still arise. The preexisting relationship between Blackstone and its former personnel involved in such financial and strategic advisory services, the overlapping ownership, co-investment and other continuing arrangements, may influence GSO in deciding to select or recommend such new company to perform such services for the Fund (the cost of which will generally be borne directly or indirectly by the Fund). Nonetheless, the Adviser and GSO will be free to cause the Fund to transact with PJT Partners notwithstanding such overlapping interests in, and relationships with, PJT Partners. See “Service Providers and Counterparties” below.

In addition, other present and future activities of the Firm and its affiliates (including GSO and the Adviser) will from time to time give rise to additional conflicts of interest relating to the Firm and its investment activities. In the event that any such conflict of interest arises, the Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner. Investors should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the Fund’s interests.

Other Affiliate Transactions and Investments in Different Levels of Capital Structure. From time to time, the Fund and the Other Clients may make investments at different levels of an issuer’s capital structure or otherwise in different classes of an issuer’s securities, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. Such investments may inherently give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest between or among the various classes of securities that may be held by such entities. To the extent the Fund holds securities that are different (including with respect to their relative seniority) than those held by an Other Client, the Adviser and its affiliates may be presented with decisions when the interests of the funds are in conflict. For example, conflicts

 

32


Table of Contents

could arise where the Fund lends funds to a portfolio company while an Other Client invests in equity securities of such portfolio company. In this circumstance, for example, if such portfolio company goes into bankruptcy, becomes insolvent or is otherwise unable to meet its payment obligations or comply with its debt covenants, conflicts of interest could arise between the holders of different types of securities as to what actions the portfolio company should take. In addition, purchases or sales of securities for the account of the Fund (particularly marketable securities) will be bunched or aggregated with orders for Other Clients. It is frequently not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities sold, and the various prices may be averaged, which may be disadvantageous to the Fund. Further conflicts could arise after the Fund and other affiliates have made their respective initial investments. For example, if additional financing is necessary as a result of financial or other difficulties, it may not be in the best interests of the Fund to provide such additional financing. If the other affiliates were to lose their respective investments as a result of such difficulties, the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interests of the Fund might be impaired. GSO may in its discretion take steps to reduce the potential for adversity between the Fund and the Other Clients, including causing the Fund and/or such Other Clients to take certain actions that, in the absence of such conflict, it would not take. In addition, there may be circumstances where GSO agrees to implement certain procedures to ameliorate conflicts of interest that may involve a forbearance of rights relating to the Fund or Other Clients, such as where GSO may cause Other Clients to decline to exercise certain control- and/or foreclosure-related rights with respect to a portfolio company. In addition, conflicts may arise in determining the amount of an investment, if any, to be allocated among potential investors and the respective terms thereof. There can be no assurance that any conflict will be resolved in favor of the Fund. There can be no assurance that the return on the Fund’s investment will be equivalent to or better than the returns obtained by the Other Clients participating in the transaction. The Common Shareholders will not receive any benefit from fees paid to any affiliate of the Adviser from a portfolio company in which an Other Client also has an interest.

Other Blackstone and GSO Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities. Certain inherent conflicts of interest arise from the fact that GSO and Blackstone provide investment management and sub-advisory services to the Fund and Other Clients.

The respective investment programs of the Fund and the Other Clients may or may not be substantially similar. GSO and/or Blackstone may give advice to, and recommend securities for, Other Clients that may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, the Fund, even though their investment objectives may be the same as or similar to those of the Fund. While GSO will seek to manage potential conflicts of interest in a fair and equitable manner, the portfolio strategies employed by GSO and Blackstone in managing their respective Other Clients could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by GSO in managing the Fund and may affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments in which the Fund invests. Conversely, participation in specific investment opportunities may be appropriate, at times, for both the Fund and Other Clients. In any event, it is the policy of GSO to allocate investment opportunities and sale opportunities on a basis deemed by GSO, in its sole discretion, to be fair and equitable over time.

Allocation Methodology Considerations

Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSO may also consider the following factors in making any allocation determinations, and such factors may result in a different allocation of investment and/or sale opportunities:

(a) the risk-return and target return profile of the proposed investment relative to the Fund’s and the Other Clients’ current risk profiles;

(b) the Fund’s and/or the Other Clients’ investment objectives, policies, guidelines, restrictions and terms, including whether such objectives are considered solely in light of the specific investment under consideration or in the context of the respective portfolios’ overall holdings;

(c) the need to re-size risk in the Fund’s or the Other Clients’ portfolios (including the potential for the proposed investment to create an industry, sector or issuer imbalance in the Fund’s and Other Clients’

 

33


Table of Contents

portfolios, as applicable) and taking into account any existing non-pro rata investment positions in the portfolio of the Fund and Other Clients;

(d) liquidity considerations of the Fund and the Other Clients, including during a ramp-up of the Fund or such Other Clients or wind-down of Other Clients, proximity to the end of the Other Clients’ specified term or investment period, any redemption/withdrawal requests, anticipated future contributions and available cash;

(e) tax consequences;

(f) regulatory or contractual restrictions or consequences;

(g) avoiding a de minimis or odd lot allocation;

(h) availability and degree of leverage and any requirements or other terms of any existing leverage facilities;

(i) the Fund’s or Other Clients’ investment focus on a classification attributable to an investment or issuer of an investment, including, without limitation, investment strategy, geography, industry or business sector;

(j) the nature and extent of involvement in the transaction on the part of the respective teams of investment professionals dedicated to the Fund or such Other Clients;

(k) the management of any actual or potential conflict of interest;

(l) with respect to investments that are made available to GSO by counterparties pursuant to negotiated trading platforms (e.g., ISDA contracts), the absence of such relationships which may not be available for the Fund and all Other Clients; and

(m) any other considerations deemed relevant by GSO in good faith.

GSO shall not have any obligation to present any investment opportunity to the Fund if GSO determines in good faith that such opportunity should not be presented to the Fund for any one or a combination of the reasons specified above, or if GSO is otherwise restricted from presenting such investment opportunity to the Fund. Moreover, with respect to GSO’s ability to allocate investment opportunities, including where such opportunities are within the common objectives and guidelines of the Fund and an Other Client (which allocations are to be made on a basis that GSO believes in good faith to be fair and reasonable), GSO and Blackstone have established general guidelines for determining how such allocations are to be made, which, among other things, set forth priorities and presumptions regarding what constitutes “debt” investments, ranges of rates of returns for defining “core” investments, presumptions regarding allocation for certain types of investments (e.g., distressed investments) and other matters. The application of those guidelines may result in the Fund not participating (and/or not participating to the same extent) in certain investment opportunities in which it would have otherwise participated had the related allocations been determined without regard to such guidelines and/or based only on the circumstances of those particular investment. Orders may be combined for the Fund and all other participating Other Clients, and if any order is not filled at the same price, they may be allocated on an average price basis. Similarly, if an order on behalf of more than one account cannot be fully executed under prevailing market conditions, securities may be allocated among the different accounts on a basis that GSO or its affiliates consider equitable.

Blackstone’s Relationship with Pátria. Blackstone owns 40% of the equity interests in Pátria Investmentimentos Ltd. (“Pátria”), a leading Brazilian alternative asset manager and advisory firm. Pátria’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, infrastructure funds and hedge funds (e.g., a multi-strategy fund and a long/short equity fund). Each of Blackstone’s and Pátria’s respective investment funds continues to pursue investment opportunities in accordance with their existing mandates. There may be overlap between the Fund’s investment program and Pátria’s investment activities and instances where appropriate investment opportunities will be shared with (or allocated to) Pátria. Therefore, there may be opportunities available to Pátria that are not shared with the Fund,

 

34


Table of Contents

and there may be opportunities available to the Fund that are shared with one or more Pátria funds. GSO generally expects, with respect to certain types of investments in Brazil otherwise suitable for the Fund, to permit such investments to be shared with and/or pursued by Pátria, which may be on a priority basis and may result in the Fund not participating in any such investments or participating therein to a lesser extent. In addition, the Fund may invest in companies or other entities in which Pátria sponsored investment funds have or are concurrently making a different investment (e.g., an equity investment vs. a debt investment) at the time of the Fund’s investment, and investment funds that have been or may be formed by Pátria may invest in different securities of companies or other entities in which the Fund has made an investment. In such situations, the Fund and such other Pátria sponsored investment funds (and therefore Blackstone through its indirect minority interest in Patria) may have conflicting interests (e.g., over the terms of their respective investments).

Co-Investment Opportunities. As a registered investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments or joint transactions with affiliates, which likely will in the future in certain circumstances limit the Fund’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside the Other Clients. There can be no assurance that such regulatory restrictions will not adversely affect the Fund’s ability to capitalize on attractive investment opportunities. However, subject to the 1940 Act, the Fund may co-invest with Other Clients (including co-investment or other vehicles in which the Firm or its personnel invest and that co-invest with such Other Clients) in investments that are suitable for one or more of the Fund and such Other Clients. Even if the Fund and any such Other Clients and/or co-investment or other vehicles invest in the same securities, conflicts of interest may still arise. For example, it is possible that as a result of legal, tax, regulatory, accounting or other considerations, the terms of such investment (and divestment thereof) (including with respect to price and timing) for the Fund and such other funds and vehicles may not be the same. Additionally, the Fund and such Other Clients and/or vehicles will generally have different investment periods and/or investment objectives (including return profiles) and GSO, as a result, may have conflicting goals with respect to the price and timing of disposition opportunities.

Moreover, while GSO generally seeks to use reasonable efforts to avoid cross-guarantees and other similar arrangements, a counterparty, lender or other participant in any transaction to be pursued by the Fund and/or the Other Clients may require or prefer facing only one fund entity or group of entities, which may result in any of the Fund and such Other Clients and/or vehicles being jointly and severally liable for such applicable obligation (subject to any limitations set forth in the applicable partnership agreements thereof), which in each case may result in the Fund and such Other Clients and/or vehicles entering into a back-to-back or other similar reimbursement agreement. In such situations it is not expected that any of the Fund or such Other Clients or vehicles would be compensated (or provide compensation to the other) for being primarily liable vis-à-vis such third party counterparty.

In addition, there may be instances of participation by Senior and Other Advisers in specific transactions or investment opportunities, Senior and Other Advisers and/or other Firm employees may be permitted to participate in Blackstone/GSO’s side-by-side co-investment rights. Such rights generally do not provide for a management fee or carried interest payable by participants therein and generally result in the Fund being allocated a smaller share of an investment than would otherwise be the case in the absence of such side-by-side. Additionally, Other Clients will be permitted (or have a preferred right) to participate in Blackstone/GSO’s side-by-side coinvestment rights. In particular, funds, vehicles, accounts and other similar arrangements managed by Blackstone Multi-Asset Advisors L.L.C., which co-invest with multiple Blackstone funds, are expected to participate in investments alongside the Fund pursuant to Blackstone/GSO’s side-by-side investment rights, subject to the 1940 Act. In such cases, Blackstone would be eligible to receive fees and carried interest. In certain circumstances, GSO will determine that a co-investment opportunity should be offered to one or more third parties (such investors, “Co-Investors”) and will maintain discretion with respect to which Co-Investors are offered any such opportunity. Each co-investment opportunity (should any exist) is likely to be different, and allocation of each such opportunity will depend on the facts and circumstances specific to that unique situation (e.g., timing, industry, size, geography, asset class, projected holding period, exit strategy and counterparty).

 

35


Table of Contents

Different situations will require that the various facts and circumstances of each opportunity be weighted differently, as GSO deems relevant to such opportunity.

Debt Financings in connection with Acquisitions and Dispositions. The Fund may from time to time provide financing (1) as part of a third party purchaser’s bid for, or acquisition of, a portfolio entity or the underlying assets thereof owned by one or more Other Clients and/or (2) in connection with a proposed acquisition or investment by one or more Other Clients or affiliates of a portfolio company and/or its underlying assets. This generally would include the circumstance where the Fund is making commitments to provide financing at or prior to the time such third-party purchaser commits to purchase such investments or assets from one or more Other Clients. The Fund may also make investments and provide debt financing with respect to portfolio companies in which Other Clients and/or affiliates hold or propose to acquire an interest. While the terms and conditions of any such arrangements will generally be at arms’ length terms negotiated on a case by case basis, the involvement of the Fund and/or such Other Clients or affiliates may affect the terms of such transactions or arrangements and/or may otherwise influence the Adviser’s decisions with respect to the management of the Fund and/or such Other Clients or the relevant portfolio company, which may give rise to potential or actual conflicts of interest and which could adversely impact the Fund.

The Fund may from time to time dispose of all or a portion of an Investment where the Firm or one or more Other Clients is providing financing to repay debt issued to the Fund. Such involvement may give rise to potential or actual conflicts of interest.

Service Providers and Counterparties. Certain advisors and other service providers, or their affiliates (including accountants, administrators, lenders, bankers, brokers, attorneys, consultants, and investment or commercial banking firms) to the Fund, the Firm and/or portfolio companies also provide goods or services to, or have business, personal, financial or other relationships with, the Firm and portfolio companies. Such advisors and service providers (or their affiliates) may be investors in the Fund, sources of investment opportunities, co-investors, commercial counterparties and/or portfolio companies in which the Firm and/or the Fund has an investment. Accordingly, payments by the Fund and/or such entities may indirectly benefit the Fund and/or its affiliates. For example, in 2013, funds controlled by Blackstone acquired Intertrust Group. Such retention of Intertrust Group as a service provider may give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest such as those described above. Additionally, certain employees of the Firm may have family members or relatives employed by such advisors and service providers (or their affiliates). These relationships may influence GSO and/or the Adviser in deciding whether to select or recommend such service providers to perform services for the Fund or portfolio companies (the cost of which will generally be borne directly or indirectly by the Fund or such portfolio companies, as applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, investment transactions relating to the Fund that require the use of a service provider will generally be allocated to service providers on the basis of best execution, the evaluation of which includes, among other considerations, such service provider’s provision of certain investment-related services and research that the Adviser believes to be of benefit to the Fund.

Advisers and service providers, or their affiliates, often charge different rates or have different arrangements for different types of services. With respect to service providers, for example, the fee for a given type of work may vary depending on the complexity of the matter as well as the expertise required and demands placed on the service provider. Therefore, to the extent the types of services used by the Fund and/or portfolio companies are different from those used by the Firm and its affiliates (including personnel), GSO or its affiliates (including personnel) may pay different amounts or rates than those paid by the Fund and/or portfolio companies. However, GSO and its affiliates have a longstanding practice of not entering into any arrangements with advisors or service providers that could provide for lower rates or discounts than those available to the Fund, Other Clients and/or portfolio companies for the same services. In addition, the Firm and its affiliates, including without limitation, the Fund, the Other Clients and/or their portfolio companies, may enter into agreements or other arrangements with vendors and other similar counterparties (whether such counterparties are affiliated or unaffiliated with the Firm) from time to time whereby such counterparty may charge lower rates and/or provide discounts or rebates for such counterparty’s products and/or services depending on certain factors, including without limitation,

 

36


Table of Contents

volume of transactions entered into with such counterparty by the Firm, its affiliates, the Fund, the Other Clients and their portfolio companies in the aggregate.

Fund and Organizational Expenses. The Fund will pay and bear all expenses related to its operations, subject to any expense reimbursement arrangement between the Fund and the Adviser. The amount of these fund expenses will be substantial and will reduce the actual returns realized by Common Shareholders on their investment in the Fund (and may, in certain circumstances, reduce the amount of capital available to be deployed by the Fund in investments). Fund expenses include recurring and regular items, as well as extraordinary expenses for which it may be hard to budget or forecast. As a result, the amount of fund expenses ultimately called or called at any one time may exceed expectations. As described further in the Investment Advisory Agreement, fund expenses encompass a broad swath of expenses and include all expenses of operating the Fund.

The Fund may, under certain circumstances, bear broken deal expenses associated with unconsummated transactions in excess of the expected amount of the Fund’s share of such investment had such investment been consummated (e.g., to cover the portion thereof attributable to any co-investors that do not bear such broken deal expenses), and in such circumstances the amount of expenses borne by the Fund would be expected to increase. The Fund will not bear any general overhead expenses of the Adviser, unless expressly provided for in the Investment Advisory Agreement, and all other costs and expenses in operating the Fund will be borne directly or indirectly by the Common Shareholders. Subject to the limitations set forth in the Partnership Agreement, costs, expenses and charges specifically attributed or allocated by the Adviser to the Fund may exceed what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar services. Expenses associated with the investigation, negotiation, structuring, acquisition, holding, monitoring and disposition of investments, including, without limitation, any due diligence-related expenses, brokerage, custody or hedging costs and travel and related expenses in connection with the Fund’s investment activities (including first class and/or business class airfare (and/or private charter, where appropriate), first class lodging, ground transportation, travel and premium meals (including, as applicable, closing dinners and mementos, cars and meals (outside normal business hours), and social and entertainment events with portfolio entity management, customers, clients, borrowers, brokers and service providers) and related costs and/or expenses incidental thereto (e.g., internet and cellular charges) will be borne by the Fund (and indirectly by the Common Shareholders)); provided that with respect to the use of private charters for travel, the Fund will only bear the cost of one first class commercial ticket per traveler, with any difference in price, as reasonably determined by the Adviser, being borne by the Adviser.

GSO and its personnel can also be expected to receive certain intangible and/or other benefits and/or discounts and/or perquisites arising or resulting from their activities on behalf of the Fund, which will not be subject to management fee offset or otherwise shared with the Fund. For example, airline travel or hotel stays incurred as fund expenses may result in “miles” or “points” or credit in loyalty/status programs, and such benefits and/or amounts will, whether or not de minimis or difficult to value, inure exclusively to GSO and/or such personnel (and not the Fund) even though the cost of the underlying service is borne by the Fund. Certain Firm personnel may be seconded to one or more portfolio companies and provide finance and other services to such portfolio companies and the cost of such services will be borne by the portfolio companies. To the extent the Firm receives any fees or expense reimbursement from the portfolio companies with respect to such personnel, such fees or expense reimbursement will not result in any offset to the management fee payable by the Fund. From time to time, the Adviser will be required to decide whether costs and expenses are to be borne by the Fund, on the one hand, or the Adviser, on the other, and/or whether certain costs and expenses should be allocated between or among the Fund, on the one hand, and Other Clients and/or co-investors, on the other hand. Certain expenses may be suitable for only the Fund or particular funds participating in specific investments and may be allocated to and borne only by such funds. With respect to broken deal expenses, the Fund and Blackstone/GSO’s side-by-side co-investment vehicles (as applicable) will generally be required to bear their respective pro rata portions of broken deal expenses in accordance with the amount they were expected to invest in the unconsummated deal.

The Adviser will make such judgments in good faith, notwithstanding its interest in the outcome and may make corrective allocations should, based on periodic reviews, it determine that such corrections are necessary or

 

37


Table of Contents

advisable. The Adviser may withhold on a pro rata basis from any distributions amounts necessary to create, in its discretion, appropriate reserves for expenses, obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, including, without limitation, partnership expenses and organizational expenses. Travel and entertainment expenses in connection with a trip taken by employees of the Adviser for purposes of multiple matters will generally be allocated to each such matter in a manner determined by the Adviser to be fair and reasonable and then the resulting expenses will be allocated to the Fund, Other Clients and/or the Adviser as otherwise set forth herein.

Allocation of Personnel. The Adviser will devote as much of its time to the activities of the Fund as they deem necessary and appropriate. By the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with the Fund and/or may involve substantial time and resources of the Adviser. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Adviser and GSO, and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Fund, but will be allocated between the business of the Fund and the management of the monies of such other advisees of the Adviser and GSO.

Portfolio Company Data. The Firm receives various kinds of portfolio company/entity data and information (including from portfolio companies and/or entities of the Fund), such as data and information relating to business operations, trends, budgets, customers and other metrics (this data is sometimes referred to as “big data”). In furtherance of the foregoing, the Firm may seek to enter into information sharing and use arrangements with portfolio companies and/or entities.

The Firm believes that access to this information furthers the interests of the Common Shareholders by providing opportunities for operational improvements across portfolio companies and/or entities and in connection with the Fund’s investment management activities. Subject to appropriate contractual arrangements, the Firm may also utilize such information outside of the Fund’s activities in a manner that provides a material benefit to the Firm and/or its affiliates, but not the Fund. The sharing and use of such information presents potential conflicts of interest, and investors acknowledge and agree that any corresponding/resulting benefits received by the Firm and/or its affiliates will not be subject to a management fee offset. As a result, the Adviser may have an incentive to pursue investments in companies and/or entities based on their data and information and/or to utilize such information in a manner that benefits the Firm and/or its affiliates.

Material, Non-Public Information. GSO or certain of its affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, GSO would be restricted from buying, originating or selling securities, derivatives or loans of the issuer on behalf of the Fund until such time as the information became public or was no longer deemed material to preclude the Fund from participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to the Adviser’s personnel responsible for the affairs of the Fund will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Fund may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Fund may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of the Firm that might be relevant to an investment decision to be made by the Fund, and the Fund may initiate a transaction or sell an investment that, if such information had been known to it, may not have been undertaken. Due to these restrictions, the Fund may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an Investment that it otherwise might have sold. In addition, GSO, in an effort to avoid buying or selling restrictions on behalf of the Fund or Other Clients, may choose to forego an opportunity to receive (or elect not to receive) information that other market participants or counterparties, including those with the same positions in the issuer as the Fund, are eligible to receive or have received, even if possession of such information would be advantageous to the Fund.

Other Trading and Investing Activities. Certain Other Clients may invest in securities of publicly traded companies that are actual or potential issuers. The trading activities of those vehicles may differ from or be inconsistent with activities that are undertaken for the account of the Fund in such securities or related securities. In addition, the Fund might not pursue an investment in an issuer as a result of such trading activities by Other Clients.

 

38


Table of Contents

Possible Future Activities. The Firm and its affiliates may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Firm and its affiliates will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Firm and its affiliates have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Fund or may compete with the Fund for investment opportunities.

Restrictions Arising under the Securities Laws. The Firm’s activities (including, without limitation, the holding of securities positions or having one of its employees on the board of directors of a portfolio company) could result in securities law restrictions on transactions in securities held by the Fund, affect the prices of such securities or the ability of such entities to purchase, retain or dispose of such Investments, or otherwise create conflicts of interest, any of which could have an adverse impact on the performance of the Fund and thus the return to the Limited Partners.

Additional Potential Conflicts. The officers, directors, members, managers, and employees of the Adviser and GSO may trade in securities for their own accounts, subject to restrictions and reporting requirements as may be required by law or the Firm’s policies, or otherwise determined from time to time by the Adviser or GSO, as applicable. In addition, certain Other Clients may be subject to the 1940 Act or other regulations that, due to the role of the Firm, could restrict the ability of the Fund to buy investments from, to sell Investments to or to invest in the same securities as, such Other Clients. Such regulations may have the effect of limiting the investment opportunities available to the Fund.

Proxy Voting Policies

The board of trustees of the Fund has delegated the voting of proxies for Fund securities to the Adviser pursuant to the Adviser’s proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Adviser will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. A copy of the Adviser’s proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.

Information on how the Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge by calling (877) 876-1121, or on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund and the Adviser have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These codes govern personal trading by Fund and Adviser personnel. Among other requirements, the codes require certain persons to report certain of their personal securities transactions and holdings (in reportable securities) to the Adviser or Fund, and the Adviser and Fund are required to review such reports. The Fund’s code permits the Fund’s personnel to trade in securities, but prohibits insider trading and trades knowingly made within certain time frames of trades made by the Fund in the same securities. The Adviser’s code permits the Adviser’s personnel to trade in securities, but not to trade in securities in which the Fund invests. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Web site (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 

39


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. With respect to Loans, the Fund generally will engage in privately negotiated transactions for purchase or sale in which the Adviser will negotiate on behalf of the Fund, although a more developed market may exist or develop for certain Loans. Most of these transactions will be principal transactions at net prices for which the Fund will generally incur little or no brokerage costs. The Fund may be required to pay fees, or forgo a portion of interest and any fees payable to the Fund, to a lender selling Assignments or Participations to the Fund. The Adviser will determine the lenders from whom the Fund will purchase Assignments and Participations by considering their professional ability, level of service, relationship with the Borrower, financial condition, credit standards and quality of management. Affiliates of the Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for Loans. Because of certain limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, this may restrict the Fund’s ability to acquire some Loans. The Adviser does not believe that this will have a material effect on the Fund’s ability to acquire Loans consistent with its investment policies. Sales to dealers are effected at bid prices. The illiquidity of many Loans may restrict the ability of the Adviser to locate in a timely manner persons willing to purchase the Fund’s interests in Loans at a fair price should the Fund desire to sell such interests.

With respect to fixed-income instruments and other types of securities, the Fund may (i) purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid, (ii) purchase securities in the over-the-counter market from an underwriter or dealer serving as market maker for the securities, in which case the price includes a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter or dealer, and (iii) purchase and sell listed securities on an exchange, which are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.

Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Fund (or affiliated persons of such persons) will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Commissions paid on such transactions would be commensurate with the rate of commissions paid on similar transactions to brokers that are not so affiliated.

The Adviser is responsible for placing portfolio transactions and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to the Fund and not according to any formula. The primary consideration in all portfolio transactions is prompt execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating prices and any brokerage commissions on such transactions, the Adviser considers the firm’s reliability, integrity and financial condition and the firm’s execution capability, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the size of and difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. There may be instances when, in the judgment of the Adviser, more than one firm can offer comparable execution services.

A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determine in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Fund and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long-term. The advisory fees that the Fund pays to the Adviser will not be reduced as a consequence of the Adviser’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to the Adviser in serving one or more of their other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to the Adviser in carrying out their obligations to the Fund. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of the Adviser, the Adviser would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if they should attempt to develop comparable information through their own staffs. Commission rates for brokerage transactions on foreign stock exchanges are generally fixed.

 

40


Table of Contents

One or more of the other accounts that the Adviser manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Fund. Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis, usually on a pro rata basis, by the Adviser in its discretion in accordance with the accounts’ various investment objectives. Such allocations are based upon the written procedures of the Adviser, which have been reviewed and approved by the board of trustees. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Fund. In other cases, however, the ability of the Fund to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Fund. It is the opinion of the Fund’s board of trustees that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Adviser’s organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.

While the annual portfolio turnover rate is not expected to exceed 100% in normal circumstances, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower than expected. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Fund costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.

 

41


Table of Contents

TAXES

Set forth below is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax aspects concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of Common Shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold Common Shares as capital assets. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of Common Shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund will elect to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code.

To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

 

42


Table of Contents

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

Distributions

Distributions to shareholders by the Fund of ordinary income (including “market discount” realized by the Fund on the sale of debt securities), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent that such distributions are paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned Common Shares. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the Common Shares. Distributions paid by the Fund generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations or for the reduced rates applicable to certain qualified dividend income received by non-corporate shareholders.

Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Shares pursuant to the Plan. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Shares will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case, shareholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Shares. The additional Common Shares received by a shareholder pursuant to the Plan will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Common Shares were credited to the shareholder’s account.

The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such

 

43


Table of Contents

gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for its Common Shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

The Internal Revenue Service currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the Fund intends to allocate capital gain dividends, if any, between its Common Shares and Preferred Shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions, and shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Shares will receive a report as to the net asset value of those Common Shares.

Sale or Exchange of Common Shares

Upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares (except pursuant to a repurchase by the Fund, as described below), a shareholder will generally realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the Common Shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the Common Shares have been held for more than one year. For non-corporate taxpayers, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.

No loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of Common Shares if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the DRIP) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such Common Shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Losses realized by a shareholder on the sale or exchange of Common Shares held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such Common Shares.

From time to time, the Fund may offer to repurchase its outstanding Common Shares. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their Common Shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its Common Shares or fewer than all Common Shares tendered are repurchased, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. In such a case, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders, and shareholders who tender some but not all of their Common Shares or fewer than all of whose Common Shares are repurchased, in each case whose percentage interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender, will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, and in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming Common Shares of the Fund.

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

44


Table of Contents

Nature of Fund’s Investments

Certain of the Fund’s hedging and derivatives transactions are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above.

These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders and the Fund’s status as a RIC. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

Below Investment Grade Instruments

The Fund expects to invest a substantial portion of its Managed Assets in below investment grade (high yield) instruments, commonly known as “high yield” or “junk” instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Original Issue Discount Securities

Investments by the Fund in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to the Fund equal to a portion of the excess of the face value of the securities over their issue price (the “original issue discount”) each year during which the Fund holds the securities, even if the Fund receives no cash interest payments. If the Fund purchases debt instruments as part of a package of investments where the Fund also invests in common stock, other equity securities or warrants, the Fund might be required to accrue original issue discount in an amount equal to the value of such common stock, other equity securities or warrants (even if the face amount of such debt instruments does not exceed the Fund’s purchase price for such package of investments). Original issue discount is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.

Market Discount Securities

In general, the Fund will be treated as having acquired a security with market discount if its stated redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a security issued with original issue discount, its revised issue price) exceeds the Fund’s initial tax basis in the security by more than a statutory de minimis amount. The Fund will be required to treat any principal payments on, or any gain derived from the disposition of, any securities issued with market discount as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis. If this election is not made, all or a portion of any deduction for interest expense incurred to purchase or carry a market discount security may be deferred until the Fund sells or otherwise disposes of such security.

 

45


Table of Contents

Currency Fluctuations

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Foreign Taxes

The Fund’s investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In that case, the Fund’s yield on those securities would be decreased. Shareholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by the Fund.

Preferred Shares or Borrowings

If the Fund utilizes leverage through the issuance of Preferred Shares or borrowings, it may be restricted by certain covenants with respect to the declaration of, and payment of, dividends on Common Shares in certain circumstances. Limits on the Fund’s payments of dividends on Common Shares may prevent the Fund from meeting the distribution requirements described above, and may, therefore, jeopardize the Fund’s qualification for taxation as a RIC and possibly subject the Fund to the 4% excise tax. The Fund will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.

Backup Withholding

The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to U.S. shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Foreign Shareholders

U.S. taxation of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate or a foreign corporation, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder.

If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. However, dividends paid by the Fund that are “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such withholding, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to shareholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the source if received directly by a foreign shareholder, and that satisfy certain other requirements. A foreign shareholder whose income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of Common Shares.

 

46


Table of Contents

However, a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and sale or exchange gains.

If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of Common Shares will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

Very generally, special tax rules would apply if the Fund holds “United States real property interests” (“USRPIs”) (or if the Fund holds assets that would be treated as USRPIs but for certain exceptions applicable to RICs) the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the Fund’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Such rules could result in U.S. tax withholding from certain distributions to foreign shareholders. Furthermore, such shareholders may be required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on such distributions—and, in certain cases, gain realized on sale of Common Shares—at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The Fund does not expect to invest in a significant percentage of USRPIs, so these special tax rules are not likely to apply.

The Fund may be required to withhold from distributions that are otherwise exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign shareholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any ordinary dividends and other distributions that the Fund pays and, beginning January 1, 2019, the gross proceeds from certain capital gain dividends or the disposition of Common Shares, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its United States “account” holders (as specifically defined in the Code) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. In addition, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of Common Shares.

Other Taxation

Fund shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

 

47


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Adviser has made an initial investment in the Fund and is the sole shareholder of the Fund, and therefore a control person. However, it is anticipated that the Adviser will no longer be a control person once the offering is completed.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statement included in this Statement of Additional Information has been audited by , an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund will be                 located at                 .                 , located at                 , will serve as the Fund’s transfer agent and dividend paying agent with respect to the Common Shares.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, such as the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

 

48


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

(To Come)

 

49


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(To Come)

 

50


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF S&P, MOODY’S AND FITCH RATINGS†

Standard & Poor’s Corporation—A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

    Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

    Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

    Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

“AAA”

An obligation rated ‘AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings available at the date of this Statement of Additional Information for the securities listed. Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuance. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on the date of the Fund’s fiscal year end.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

“AA”

An obligation rated ‘AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

“A”

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

“BBB”

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C”

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

“BB”

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“B”

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“CCC”

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“CC”

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

 

“C”

A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the

 

A-2


Table of Contents
 

instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

“D”

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

PLUS (+) OR MINUS (–)

The ratings from ‘AA to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

“N.R.”

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

“A-1”

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

“A-2”

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

“A-3”

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“B”

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of 13-1’, ‘B-2’, and 13-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

“B-1”

A short-term obligation rated 13-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“B-2”

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative- grade obligors.

 

“B-3”

A short-term obligation rated 13-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“C”

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“D”

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

 

“i”

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The T subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The T subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

 

“L”

Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

 

“P”

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the T subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned

 

A-4


Table of Contents
 

ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

 

“pi”

Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

 

“pr”

The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 

“preliminary”

Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances.

 

    Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

 

    Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

    Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon reorganization or emergence from bankruptcy, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating as a result of changes in the reorganization plan or other developments. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

 

“t”

This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Unsolicited

Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

 

“*”

This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

 

“c”

This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

 

“q”

A “q” subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

 

“r”

The “r” modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an “r” modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the “r” modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

LONG TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of a fixed income obligation with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Long-Term Rating Definitions:

 

“Aaa”

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

 

“Aa”

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

“A”

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

“Baa”

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

“Ba”

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

“B”

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

“Caa”

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

“Ca”

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

“C”

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

MEDIUM TERM NOTE RATINGS

Moody’s assigns long-term ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium term note (MTN) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all pari passu notes issued under the same program, at the program’s relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics of listed below:

 

    Notes containing features that link interest or principal to the credit performance of any third party or parties (i.e., credit-linked notes);

 

    Notes allowing for negative coupons, or negative principal;

 

    Notes containing any provision that could obligate the investor to make any additional payments;

 

    Notes containing provisions that subordinate the claim.

For notes with any of these characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program.

For credit-linked securities, Moody’s policy is to “look through” to the credit risk of the underlying obligor. Moody’s policy with respect to non-credit linked obligations is to rate the issuer’s ability to meet the contract as stated, regardless of potential losses to investors as a result of non-credit developments. In other words, as long as the obligation has debt standing in the event of bankruptcy, we will assign the appropriate debt class level rating to the instrument.

Market participants must determine whether any particular note is rated, and if so, at what rating level. Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Short Term Rating Definitions:

Moody’s short term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short term programs or to individual short term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

“P-1”

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime I have a superior ability to repay short term debt obligations.

 

“P-2”

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 2 have a strong ability to repay short term debt obligations.

 

“P-3”

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 3 have an acceptable ability to repay short term obligations.

 

“NP”

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short term ratings enhanced by the senior most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support provider.

Fitch IBCA, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

INTERNATIONAL ISSUER AND CREDIT RATING SCALES

The Primary Credit Rating Scales (those featuring the symbols AAA’-’D’ and ‘Fi’-’D’) are used for debt and financial strength ratings. The below section describes their use for issuers and obligations in corporate, public and structured finance debt markets.

Long-Term Ratings Scales—Issuer Credit Ratings Scales

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.

 

“AAA”

Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

“AA”

Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

“A”

High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

“BBB”

Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

“BB”

Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

 

“B”

Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

“CCC”

Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

“CC”

Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

 

“C”

Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

  a the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

  b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

 

  c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.

 

“RD”

Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not

 

A-9


Table of Contents
 

entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:

 

  a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

  b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

  c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

 

  d. execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

 

“D”

Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below

Limitations of the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

 

    The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

    The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

    The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

    The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

 

A-10


Table of Contents
    The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

 

    The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience. Readers are requested to review the section Understanding Credit Ratings–Limitations and Usage for further information on the limitations of the agency’s ratings.

Short-Term Ratings—Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

“F1”

Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

“F2”

Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

“F3”

Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

“B”

Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

“C”

High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

“RD”

Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

 

“D”

Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

 

    The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

    The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

    The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

A-11


Table of Contents
    The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

 

    The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience. Readers are requested to review the section Understanding Credit Ratings—Limitations and Usage for further information on the limitations of the agency’s ratings.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Adviser”) has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of clients and not subrogate client interests to its own interests. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act places specific requirements on registered investment advisers with proxy voting authority.

Proxy Policies

Due to the nature of the Fund’s investment strategy, equity securities will generally not be a large portion of the investments of the Fund. Nevertheless, the Adviser’s policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes proxies in the best interest of the Fund and addresses how it will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Fund, taking into consideration the Fund’s investment horizons and other relevant factors. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the Adviser. The investment committee and the members of the investment team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company’s operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote’s outcome. Decisions are based on a number of factors which may vary depending on a proxy’s subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in the proxy policy. In addition, the Adviser may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote’s expected benefit to clients and the cost of voting the proxy. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require the members of the investment committee to disclose any personal conflicts of interest they may have with respect to overseeing a Fund’s investment in a particular company.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

Financial Statements

Part A None

Part B Statements of Assets and Liabilities(2)

 

Exhibits

   
(a)(1)   Declaration of Trust, dated June 20, 2017(1)
(a)(2)   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated                 , 2017(2)
(b)   By-Laws(2)
(c)   Not Applicable
(d)   Articles V and VIII of Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust are incorporated herein by reference
(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(2)
(g)(1)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and the Adviser(2)
(h)(1)   Form of Distribution Agreement(2)
(h)(2)   Form of Dealer Agreement(2)
(i)   Not Applicable
(j)   Form of Custodian Services Agreement(2)
(k)   Form of Transfer Agency and Services Agreement(2)
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Delaware Counsel(2)
(m)   Not Applicable
(n)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(2)
(o)   Not Applicable
(p)   Form of Subscription Agreement(2)
(q)   Not Applicable
(r)   Code of Ethics(2)
(s)   Power of Attorney(2)

 

(1) Filed herewith
(2) To be filed by amendment

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

See Distribution Agreement, to be filed as Exhibit (h)(1), and Dealer Agreement, to be filed as Exhibit (h)(2).

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table shows the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discount, to be paid by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee are estimates.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $         

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees

         

Printing and engraving expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Blue Sky filing fees and expenses

         

Trustees’ fee

         

Transfer agent’s fee

         

Miscellaneous

         

Total

   $         

 

* To be furnished by amendment.

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

None.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table shows the number of holders of securities of the Registrant as of                 , 2017.

 

Title of Class

   Number of
Record Holders
 

Class I Shares

  

Class T Shares

  

Item 30. Indemnification

Sections      of Article      of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, filed as Exhibit (a) to this Registration Statement, provide that:

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Adviser

The descriptions of the Adviser under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of this registration statement are incorporated by reference herein. Information as to the directors and officers of the Adviser together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or

 

C-2


Table of Contents

employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the Adviser in the last two years, is included in its application for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV (File No. 801-68243) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference. The Adviser’s principal business address is 345 Park Avenue, 31st floor, New York, NY 10017.

Item 32. Locations of Accounts and Records

The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained at the office of the Registrant at                 ,                 .

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

(1) Not applicable.

(2) Not applicable.

(3) Not applicable.

(4) (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act; (ii) to reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(d) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e) That for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following

 

C-3


Table of Contents

communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;

(2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(5) Not applicable.

(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on the 30th day of June 2017.

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO FLOATING RATE ENHANCED INCOME FUND
By:    
  Name: Daniel H. Smith, Jr.
 

Title:   Chairman, President, Chief Executive

            Officer and Trustee

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacity and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

   Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (Principal Executive Officer)   June 30, 2017

/s/ Doris Lee-Silvestri

Doris Lee-Silvestri

   Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 30, 2017


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS TO FORM N-2

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit

(a)(1)

   Declaration of Trust, dated June 20, 2017